UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,
D.C. 20549
________________________
FORM
10-K
[X]
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For
the
fiscal year ended
December
31, 2006
or
[
]
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For
the
transition period from _____
to
_____
.
Commission file Number
0-16667
(Exact
Name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Pennsylvania
|
23-2222567
|
(State
or other jurisdiction of
|
(I.R.S.
Employer Identification No.)
|
incorporation
or organization)
|
|
|
|
4
Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, Pennsylvania
|
19335
|
(Address
of principal executive offices)
|
(Zip
Code)
|
Registrant’s
telephone number, including area code:
(610)
269-1040
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12 (b) of the Act: N/A
Securities
registered pursuant to Section 12 (g) of the Act:
Common
stock, par value $1.00 per share
(Title
of
class)
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined
in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
[
] Yes
[X] No
Indicate
by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to
Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.
[
] Yes
[X] No
Indicate
by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to
be
filed by Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during
the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements
for
the past 90 days. [X] Yes [ ] No
Indicate
by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best
of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to
this
Form 10-K. [X]
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in
Rule
12b-2 of the Act). [ ] Yes [X] No
Indicate
by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2 of the Act). [ ] Yes [X] No
As
of
March 26, 2007, $45.2 million of the Registrant’s Common Stock, $1 par value per
share, was held by non-affiliates of the Registrant.
As
of
March 26, 2007, the Registrant had outstanding 2,503,953 shares of Common Stock,
$1 par value per share
.
DOCUMENTS
INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions
of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of
Shareholders are incorporated by reference into Parts III and IV of this
Form 10-K.
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Table
of Contents
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
FORM
10-K
Forward-Looking
Statements
This
report contains statements that are not of historical facts and may pertain
to
future operating results or events or management’s expectations regarding those
results or events. These are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities
and
Exchange Act of 1934. These forward-looking statements may include, but are
not
limited to, statements about our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions
and other statements contained in this report that are not historical facts.
When used in this report, the words “expects”, “anticipates”, “intends”,
“plans”, “believes”, “seeks”, “estimates”, or words of similar meaning, or
future or conditional verbs, such as “will”, “would”, “should”, “could”, or
“may” are generally intended to identify forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties, and actual
results may differ materially from those contemplated by such statements. For
example, actual results may be adversely affected by the following
possibilities: (1) competitive pressures among financial institutions may
increase; (2) changes in interest rates may reduce banking interest margins;
(3)
general economic conditions and real estate values may be less favorable than
contemplated; (4) adverse legislation or regulatory requirements may be adopted;
(5) other unexpected contingencies may arise; (6) DNB may change one or more
strategies described in this document; or (7) management’s evaluation of certain
facts, circumstances or trends and the appropriate responses to them may change.
These forward-looking statements are inherently subject to significant business,
economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are
either beyond our control or not reasonably capable of predicting at this time.
In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with
respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
Actual results may differ materially from the results discussed in these
forward-looking statements. Readers of this report are accordingly cautioned
not
to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. DNB disclaims any intent
or obligation to update publicly any of the forward-looking statements herein,
whether in response to new information, future events or otherwise.
(a)
General Description of Registrant’s Business and Its Development
DNB
Financial Corporation (the “Registrant” or “DNB”), a Pennsylvania business
corporation, is a bank holding company registered with and supervised by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board). The
Registrant was incorporated on October 28, 1982 and commenced operations on
July
1, 1983 upon consummation of the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock
of
Downingtown National Bank, now known as DNB First, National Association (the
“Bank”). Since commencing operations, DNB’s business has consisted primarily of
managing and supervising the Bank, and its principal source of income has been
derived from the Bank. At December 31, 2006, DNB had total consolidated assets,
total liabilities and stockholders’ equity of $525.2 million, $493.8 million,
and $31.4 million, respectively.
The
Bank
was organized in 1861. The Bank is a national banking association that is a
member of the Federal Reserve System, the deposits of which are insured by
the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). The Bank is a full service
commercial bank providing a wide range of services to individuals and small
to
medium sized businesses in the southeastern Pennsylvania market area, including
accepting time, demand, and savings deposits and making secured and unsecured
commercial, real estate and consumer loans. In addition, the Bank has ten full
service and two limited service branches and a full-service wealth management
group known as “DNB Advisors”. The Bank’s financial subsidiary, DNB Financial
Services, Inc., is a Pennsylvania licensed insurance agency, which, together
with the Bank, sells a broad variety of insurance and investment products.
The
Bank’s other subsidiary, Downco, Inc. was incorporated in December 1995 for the
purpose of acquiring and holding other real estate owned acquired through
foreclosure or deed in-lieu-of foreclosure and now owns certain Bank-occupied
real estate.
(b)
Financial Information About Segments
In
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States,
the Registrant and the Bank operate as one segment, and therefore do not report
financial information for multiple segments of their business.
(c)
Narrative Description of Business
The
Bank’s headquarters is located at 4 Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown,
Pennsylvania. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had total assets of $524.7
million, total deposits of $381.2 million and total stockholders’ equity of
$40.4 million. The Bank’s business is not seasonal in nature. The FDIC, to the
extent provided by law, insures its deposits. At December 31, 2006, the Bank
had
121 full-time employees and 18 part-time employees.
The
Bank
derives its income principally from interest charged on loans and, to a lesser
extent, interest earned on investments and fees received in connection with
the
origination of loans and for other services. The Bank’s principal expenses are
interest expense on deposits and borrowings and operating expenses. Funds for
activities are provided principally by operating revenues, deposit growth and
the repayment of outstanding loans and investments
.
The
Bank
encounters vigorous competition from a number of sources, including other
commercial banks, thrift institutions, other financial institutions and
financial intermediaries. In addition to commercial banks, Federal and state
savings and loan associations, savings banks, credit unions and industrial
savings banks actively compete in the Bank’s market area to provide a wide
variety of banking services. Mortgage banking firms, real estate investment
trusts, finance companies, insurance companies, leasing companies and brokerage
companies, financial affiliates of industrial companies and certain government
agencies provide additional competition for loans and for certain financial
services. The Bank also competes for interest-bearing funds with a number of
other financial intermediaries, which offer a diverse range of investment
alternatives, including brokerage firms and mutual fund companies.
Supervision
and Regulation - Registrant
Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002 - On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley”), which imposed significant
additional requirements and restrictions on publicly-held companies, such as
the
Registrant. These provisions include new requirements governing the composition
and responsibilities of audit committees, financial disclosures and reporting
and restrictions on personal loans to directors and officers. Sarbanes-Oxley,
inter alia, now mandates chief executive and chief financial officer
certifications of periodic financial reports, additional financial disclosures
concerning off-balance sheet items, and speedier transaction reporting
requirements for executive officers, directors and 10% shareholders. Rules
promulgated and to be promulgated by the SEC pursuant to Sarbanes-Oxley impose
substantial reporting and compliance obligations on management and boards of
directors, and new obligations and restrictions have been placed on auditors
and
audit committees that is intended to enhance their independence from management.
In addition, penalties for non-compliance with the federal securities laws
are
heightened. While the Registrant has and will incur significant additional
expense complying with Sarbanes Oxley requirements, the Registrant does not
anticipate this legislation to have any other material adverse impact on the
Registrant.
Federal
Banking Laws
The
Registrant is subject to a number of complex Federal banking laws, most notably
the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“Bank
Holding Company Act”) and the Change in Bank Control Act of 1978 (“Change in
Control Act”), and to supervision by the Federal Reserve Board.
Bank
Holding Company Act - Financial Holding Companies
The
Bank
Holding Company Act requires a “company” (including the Registrant) to secure
the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it owns or controls,
directly or indirectly, more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares or
substantially all of the assets of any bank. It also prohibits acquisition
by
any “company” (including the Registrant) of more than five percent (5%) of the
voting shares of, or interest in, or all or substantially all of the assets
of,
any bank located outside of the state in which a current bank subsidiary is
located unless such acquisition is specifically authorized by laws of the state
in which such bank is located. A “bank holding company” (including the
Registrant) is prohibited from engaging in or acquiring direct or indirect
control of more than five percent (5%) of the voting shares of any company
engaged in non-banking activities unless the Federal Reserve Board, by order
or
regulation, has found such activities to be so closely related to banking or
managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. In making
this
determination, the Federal Reserve Board considers whether the performance
of
these activities by a bank holding company would offer benefits to the public
that outweigh possible adverse effects. Applications under the Bank Holding
Company Act and the Change in Control Act are subject to review, based upon
the
record of compliance of the applicant with the Community Reinvestment Act of
1977 (“CRA”). See further discussion below.
The
Registrant is required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board
and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may require
pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may also
make examinations of the Registrant and any or all of its subsidiaries. Further,
under Section 106 of the 1970 amendments to the Bank Holding Company Act and
the
Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries
are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with
any extension of credit or provision of credit or provision of any property
or
services. The so-called “anti-tie-in” provisions state generally that a bank may
not extend credit, lease, sell property or furnish any service to a customer
on
the condition that the customer provide additional credit or service to the
bank, to its bank holding company or to any other subsidiary of its bank holding
company or on the condition that the customer not obtain other credit or service
from a competitor of the bank, its bank holding company or any subsidiary of
its
bank holding company.
Permitted
Non-Banking Activities.
The
Federal Reserve Board permits bank holding companies to engage in non-banking
activities so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as
to
be a proper incident thereto. A number of activities are authorized by Federal
Reserve Board regulation, while other activities require prior Federal Reserve
Board approval. The types of permissible activities are subject to change by
the
Federal Reserve Board. Recent revisions to the Bank Holding Company Act
contained in the Federal Gramm-Leach Bliley Act of 1999 permit certain eligible
bank holding companies to qualify as “financial holding companies” and thereupon
engage in a wider variety of financial services such as securities and insurance
activities.
Gramm-Leach
Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLB”).
This law
repeals certain restrictions on bank and securities firm affiliations, and
allows bank holding companies to elect to be treated as a “financial holding
company” that can engage in approved “financial activities,” including
insurance, securities underwriting and merchant banking. Banks without holding
companies can engage in many of these new financial activities through a
“financial subsidiary.” The law also mandates functional regulation of bank
securities activities. Banks’ exemption from broker-dealer regulation would be
limited to, for example, trust, safekeeping, custodian, shareholder and employee
benefit plans, sweep accounts, private placements (under certain conditions),
self-directed IRAs, third party networking arrangements to offer brokerage
services to bank customers, and the like. It also requires banks that advise
mutual funds to register as investment advisers. The legislation provides for
state regulation of insurance, subject to certain specified state preemption
standards. It establishes which insurance products banks and bank subsidiaries
may provide as principal or underwriter, and prohibits bank underwriting of
title insurance, but also preempts state laws interfering with affiliations.
GLB
prohibits approval of new de novo thrift charter applications by commercial
entities and limits sales of existing so-called “unitary” thrifts to commercial
entities. The law bars banks, savings and loans, credit unions, securities
firms
and insurance companies, as well as other “financial institutions,” from
disclosing customer account numbers or access codes to unaffiliated third
parties for telemarketing or other direct marketing purposes, and enables
customers of financial institutions to “opt out” of having their personal
financial information shared with unaffiliated third parties, subject to
exceptions related to the processing of customer transactions and joint
financial services marketing arrangements with third parties, as long as the
institution discloses the activity to its customers and requires the third
party
to keep the information confidential. It requires policies on privacy and
disclosure of information to be disclosed annually, requires federal regulators
to adopt comprehensive regulations for ensuring the security and confidentiality
of consumers’ personal information, and allows state laws to give consumers
greater privacy protections. The GLB is likely to increase the competition
the
Bank faces, and this increased competition is likely to come from a wider
variety of non-banking competitors as well as banks.
Change
in Bank Control Act
Under
the
Change in Control Act, no person, acting directly or indirectly or through
or in
concert with one or more other persons, may acquire “control” of any Federally
insured depository institution unless the appropriate Federal banking agency
has
been given 60 days prior written notice of the proposed acquisition and within
that period has not issued a notice disapproving of the proposed acquisition
or
has issued written notice of its intent not to disapprove the action. The period
for the agency’s disapproval may be extended by the agency. Upon receiving such
notice, the Federal agency is required to provide a copy to the appropriate
state regulatory agency, if the institution of which control is to be acquired
is state chartered, and the Federal agency is obligated to give due
consideration to the views and recommendations of the state agency. Upon
receiving a notice, the Federal agency is also required to conduct an
investigation of each person involved in the proposed acquisition. Notice of
such proposal is to be published and public comment solicited thereon. A
proposal may be disapproved by the Federal agency if the proposal would have
anticompetitive effects, if the proposal would jeopardize the financial
stability of the institution to be acquired or prejudice the interests of its
depositors, if the competence, experience or integrity of any acquiring person
or proposed management personnel indicates that it would not be in the interest
of depositors or the public to permit such person to control the institution,
if
any acquiring person fails to furnish the Federal agency with all information
required by the agency, or if the Federal agency determines that the proposed
transaction would result in an adverse effect on a deposit insurance fund.
In
addition, the Change in Control Act requires that, whenever any Federally
insured depository institution makes a loan or loans secured, or to be secured,
by 25% or more of the outstanding voting stock of a Federally insured depository
institution, the president or chief executive officer of the lending bank must
promptly report such fact to the appropriate Federal banking agency regulating
the institution whose stock secures the loan or loans.
Pennsylvania
Banking Laws
Under
the
Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965, as amended (“PA Code”), the Registrant is
permitted to control an unlimited number of banks, subject to prior approval
of
the Federal Reserve Board as more fully described above. The PA Code authorizes
reciprocal interstate banking without any geographic limitation. Reciprocity
between states exists when a foreign state’s law authorizes Pennsylvania bank
holding companies to acquire banks or bank holding companies located in that
state on terms and conditions substantially no more restrictive than those
applicable to such an acquisition by a bank holding company located in that
state. Interstate ownership of banks in Pennsylvania with banks in Delaware,
Maryland, New Jersey, Ohio, New York and other states is currently authorized.
However, state laws still restrict de novo formations of branches in other
states. Pennsylvania law also provides Pennsylvania state chartered institutions
elective parity with the power of national banks, federal thrifts, and
state-chartered institutions in other states as authorized by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation (“Competing Institutions”). In some cases, this
may give state chartered institutions broader powers than national banks such
as
the Bank, and may increase competition the Bank faces from other banking
institutions.
Environmental
Laws
The
Registrant, the Bank and the Bank’s customers are subject in the course of their
activities to a growing number of Federal, state and local environmental laws
and regulations. Neither the Registrant nor the Bank anticipates that compliance
with environmental laws and regulations will have any material effect on capital
expenditures, earnings, or on its competitive positions.
Supervision
and Regulation - Bank
The
operations of the Bank are subject to Federal and State statutes applicable
to
banks chartered under the banking laws of the United States, to members of
the
Federal Reserve System and to banks whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.
Bank
operations are also subject to regulations of the Office of the Comptroller
of
the Currency (“OCC”), the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC.
The
primary supervisory authority of the Bank is the OCC, who regularly examines
the
Bank. The OCC has the authority to prevent a national bank from engaging in
an
unsafe or unsound practice in conducting its business.
Federal
and state banking laws and regulations govern, among other things, the scope
of
a bank’s business, the investments a bank may make, the reserves against
deposits a bank must maintain, loans a bank makes and collateral it takes,
the
activities of a bank with respect to mergers and consolidations and the
establishment of branches. All nationally and state-chartered banks in
Pennsylvania are permitted to maintain branch offices in any county of the
state. National bank branches may be established only after approval by the
OCC.
It is the general policy of the OCC to approve applications to establish and
operate domestic branches, including ATMs and other automated devices that
take
deposits, provided that approval would not violate applicable Federal or state
laws regarding the establishment of such branches. The OCC reserves the right
to
deny an application or grant approval subject to conditions if (1) there are
significant supervisory concerns with respect to the applicant or affiliated
organizations, (2) in accordance with CRA, the applicant’s record of helping
meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income
neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operation, is less than
satisfactory, or (3) any financial or other business arrangement, direct or
indirect, involving the proposed branch or device and bank “insiders”
(directors, officers, employees and 10% or greater shareholders) involves terms
and conditions more favorable to the insiders than would be available in a
comparable transaction with unrelated parties.
The
Bank,
as a subsidiary of a bank holding company, is subject to certain restrictions
imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on any extensions of credit to the bank
holding company or its subsidiaries, on investments in the stock or other
securities of the bank holding company or its subsidiaries and on taking such
stock or securities as collateral for loans. The Federal Reserve Act and Federal
Reserve Board regulations also place certain limitations and reporting
requirements on extensions of credit by a bank to principal shareholders of
its
parent holding company, among others, and to related interests of such principal
shareholders. In addition, such legislation and regulations may affect the
terms
upon which any person becoming a principal shareholder of a holding company
may
obtain credit from banks with which the subsidiary bank maintains a
correspondent relationship.
Prompt
Corrective Action.
Federal
banking law mandates certain “prompt corrective actions” which Federal banking
agencies are required to take, and certain actions which they have discretion
to
take, based upon the capital category into which a Federally regulated
depository institution falls. Regulations have been adopted by Federal bank
regulatory agencies setting forth detailed procedures and criteria for
implementing prompt corrective action in the case of any institution, which
is
not adequately capitalized. Under the rules, an institution will be deemed
to be
“adequately capitalized” or better if it exceeds the minimum Federal regulatory
capital requirements. However, it will be deemed “undercapitalized” if it fails
to meet the minimum capital requirements, “significantly undercapitalized” if it
has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6.0%, a Tier 1 risk-based
capital ratio that is less than 3.0%, or a leverage ratio that is less than
3.0%, and “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of
tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2.0%. The rules
require an undercapitalized institution to file a written capital restoration
plan, along with a performance guaranty by its holding company or a third party.
In addition, an undercapitalized institution becomes subject to certain
automatic restrictions including a prohibition on the payment of dividends,
a
limitation on asset growth and expansion, and in certain cases, a limitation
on
the payment of bonuses or raises to senior executive officers, and a prohibition
on the payment of certain “management fees” to any “controlling person”.
Institutions that are classified as undercapitalized are also subject to certain
additional supervisory actions, including increased reporting burdens and
regulatory monitoring, a limitation on the institution’s ability to make
acquisitions, open new branch offices, or engage in new lines of business,
obligations to raise additional capital, restrictions on transactions with
affiliates, and restrictions on interest rates paid by the institution on
deposits. In certain cases, bank regulatory agencies may require replacement
of
senior executive
officers
or directors, or sale of the institution to a willing purchaser. If an
institution is deemed to be “critically undercapitalized” and continues in that
category for four quarters, the statute requires, with certain narrowly limited
exceptions, that the institution be placed in receivership.
Under
the
Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the OCC possesses the power to prohibit
institutions regulated by it, such as the Bank, from engaging in any activity
that would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice and in violation of the
law. Moreover, Federal law enactments have expanded the circumstances under
which officers or directors of a bank may be removed by the institution’s
Federal supervisory agency; unvested and further regulated lending by a bank
to
its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or related interests
thereof; and unvested management personnel of a bank from serving as directors
or in other management positions with certain depository institutions whose
assets exceed a specified amount or which have an office within a specified
geographic area; and unvested management personnel from borrowing from another
institution that has a correspondent relationship with their bank.
Capital
Rules
.
Pursuant to The Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act
of
1989 (“FIRREA”) and the laws it amended, the Federal banking agencies have
issued certain “risk-based capital” guidelines, which supplemented existing
capital requirements. In addition, the OCC imposes certain “leverage”
requirements on national banks such as the Bank. Banking regulators have
authority to require higher minimum capital ratios for an individual bank or
bank holding company in view of its circumstances.
The
risk-based guidelines require all banks and bank holding companies to maintain
two “risk-weighted asset” ratios. The first is a minimum ratio of total capital
(“Tier 1” and “Tier 2” capital) to risk-weighted assets equal to 8.00%; the
second is a minimum ratio of “Tier 1” capital to risk-weighted assets equal to
4.00%. Assets are assigned to five risk categories, with higher levels of
capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater
risk. In making the calculation, certain intangible assets must be deducted
from
the capital base. The risk-based capital rules are designed to make regulatory
capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks
and bank holding companies and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid
assets.
The
risk-based capital rules also account for interest rate risk. Institutions
with
interest rate risk exposure above a normal level, would be required to hold
extra capital in proportion to that risk. A bank’s exposure to declines in the
economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates is a factor
that
the banking agencies will consider in evaluating a bank’s capital adequacy. The
rule does not codify an explicit minimum capital charge for interest rate risk.
The Bank currently monitors and manages its assets and liabilities for interest
rate risk, and management believes that the interest rate risk rules, which
have
been implemented and proposed will not materially adversely affect the Bank’s
operations.
The
OCC’s
“leverage” ratio rules require national banks which are rated the highest by the
OCC in the composite areas of capital, asset quality, management, earnings
and
liquidity to maintain a ratio of “Tier 1” capital to “adjusted total assets”
(equal to the bank’s average total assets as stated in its most recent quarterly
Call Report filed with the OCC, minus end-of-quarter intangible assets that
are
deducted from Tier 1 capital) of not less than 3.00%. For banks which are not
the most highly rated, the minimum “leverage” ratio will range from 4.00% to
5.00%, or higher at the discretion of the OCC, and is required to be at a level
commensurate with the nature of the riskiness of the bank’s condition and
activities.
For
purposes of the capital requirements, “Tier 1” or “core” capital is defined to
include common stockholders’ equity and certain non-cumulative perpetual
preferred stock and related surplus. “Tier 2” or “qualifying supplementary”
capital is defined to include a bank’s allowance for credit losses up to 1.25%
of risk-weighted assets, plus certain types of preferred stock and related
surplus, certain “hybrid capital instruments” and certain term subordinated debt
instruments.
Management
does not anticipate that the foregoing capital rules will have a material effect
on the Registrant’s business and capital plans.
Deposit
Insurance Assessments
.
All
Federally insured depository institutions pay special assessments toward the
funding of interest payments on FICO bonds, which were issued in 1989 to fund
the savings and loan bailout. The special assessments are calculated on a
deposit-by-deposit basis. The FDIC sets the Financing Corporation assessment
rate every quarter. Currently, the special assessment rate is 1.32 basis points
on all assessable deposits.
The
FDIC
sets deposit insurance assessment rates on a semiannual basis. The FDIC has
authority to impose or change the assessment rates within its discretion to
maintain the deposit insurance fund’s reserve ratio at the required levels.
While the required ratio was designated at 1.25% prior to 2006, the Deposit
Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”) changes the designated ratio to
a required range, giving the FDIC authority to establish the reserve level
within that range. For further information, please refer to “Deposit Insurance
Reform Act”
on
page
8.
An
institution’s semiannual deposit insurance assessment is computed primarily by
multiplying its “average assessment base” (generally, total insurable domestic
deposits) for the prior semiannual period by one-half the annual assessment
rate
applicable to that institution depending upon its risk category, which is based
on capital and supervisory factors.
Interstate
Banking.
Federal
law permits interstate bank mergers and acquisitions. Limited branch purchases
are still subject to state laws. Pennsylvania law permits out-of-state banking
institutions to establish branches in Pennsylvania with the approval of the
Pennsylvania Banking Department, provided the law of the state where the banking
institution is located would permit a Pennsylvania banking institution to
establish and maintain a branch in that state on substantially similar terms
and
conditions. It also permits Pennsylvania banking institutions to maintain
branches in other states. Bank management anticipates that interstate banking
will continue to increase competitive pressures in the Bank’s market by
permitting entry of additional competitors, but management is of the opinion
that this will not have a material impact upon the anticipated results of
operations of the Bank.
Bank
Secrecy Act and OFAC.
Under
the
Bank Secrecy Act (“BSA”), the Bank is required to report to the Internal Revenue
Service, currency transactions of more than $10,000 or multiple transactions
of
which the Bank is aware in any one day that aggregate in excess of $10,000.
Civil and criminal penalties are provided under the BSA for failure to file
a
required report, for failure to supply information required by the BSA or for
filing a false or fraudulent report. The Department of the Treasury's Office
of
Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) administers and enforces economic and trade
sanctions against targeted foreign countries, terrorism-sponsoring jurisdictions
and organizations, and international narcotics traffickers based on U.S. foreign
policy and national security goals. OFAC acts under presidential wartime and
national emergency powers and authority granted by specific legislation to
impose controls on transactions and freeze foreign assets under U.S.
jurisdiction. Acting under authority delegated from the Secretary of the
Treasury, OFAC promulgates, develops, and administers the sanctions under its
statutes and executive orders. OFAC requirements are separate and distinct
from
the BSA, but both OFAC requirements and the BSA share a common national security
goal. Because institutions and regulators view compliance with OFAC sanctions
as
related to BSA compliance obligations, supervisory examination for OFAC
compliance is typically connected to examination of an institution's BSA
compliance. Examiners focus on a banking organization's compliance processes
and
evaluate the sufficiency of a banking organization's implementation of policies,
procedures and systems to ensure compliance with OFAC regulations.
USA
PATRIOT Act
.
The
Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to
Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (together with its implementing
regulations, the “Patriot Act”), designed to deny terrorists and others the
ability to obtain access to the United States financial system, has significant
implications for banks and other financial institutions. It requires the
Registrant and its subsidiary to implement new policies and procedures or amend
existing policies and procedures with respect to, anti-money laundering,
compliance, suspicious activity and currency transaction reporting and due
diligence on customers, as well as related matters. The Patriot Act permits
and
in some cases requires information sharing for counter-terrorist purposes
between federal law enforcement agencies and financial institutions, as well
as
among financial institutions, and it requires federal banking agencies to
evaluate the effectiveness of an institution in combating money laundering
activities, both in ongoing examinations and in connection with applications
for
regulatory approval
.
The
Registrant has incurred significant additional expense in complying with
BSA,OFAC and Patriot Act requirements in 2006. The Registrant’s management had
previously identified weaknesses in the Bank’s BSA, OFAC and Patriot Act
compliance program (the “BSA” compliance program”) and committed to a focused
program to strengthen it’ BSA compliance program in 2006.
Deposit
Insurance Reform Act of 2005.
Pursuant
to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, the FDIC merged the Bank
Insurance Fund (BIF) and Savings Insurance Fund (SAIF) to form the Deposit
Insurance Fund (DIF) effective March 31, 2006.
On
April
1, 2006, the FDIC issued an interim rule, made final in September 2006, to
implement the deposit insurance coverage changes of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Reform Act of 2005. The rule: (1) increases the deposit insurance
limit for certain retirement plan deposits to $250,000 effective April 1, 2006
(the basic insurance limit for other depositors such as individuals, joint
accountholders, businesses, government entities and trusts remains at $100,000),
(2) provides per-participant insurance coverage to employee benefit plan
accounts, even if the depository institution at which the deposits are placed
is
not authorized to accept employee benefit plan deposits and (3) allows the
FDIC
to consider inflation adjustments to increase the insurance limits for all
deposit accounts every five years, beginning in 2010.
On
November 2, 2006, the FDIC set the designated reserve ratio for the deposit
insurance fund at 1.25% of estimated insured deposits, and adopted final
regulations to implement the risk-based deposit insurance assessment system
mandated by the Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005, which is intended to
more
closely tie each bank's deposit insurance assessments to the risk it poses
to
the deposit insurance fund. Under the new risk-based assessment system, the
FDIC
will evaluate each institution's risk based on three primary factors --
supervisory ratings for all insured institution, financial ratios for most
institutions, and long-term debt issuer ratings for large institutions that
have
them. An institution’s assessment rate will depend upon the level of risk it
poses to the deposit insurance system as measured by these factors. The new
rates for most institutions will vary between 5 and 7 cents for every $100
of
domestic insurable deposits.
The
new
assessment rates will take effect at the beginning of 2007. However, the Deposit
Insurance Reform Act of 2005 provides credits to institutions that paid high
premiums in the past to bolster the FDIC's insurance reserves, as a result
of
which the FDIC has announced that a majority of banks will have assessment
credits to initially offset all of their premiums in 2007. Management does
not
believe it is possible at this time to reliably estimate the net assessment
cost, if any that may be imposed on the Bank. There are a number of uncertain
factors that could affect the assessment rate that the FDIC will decide to
apply
to the Bank and the actual assessment credit that will be available to the
Bank
in 2007.
Other
Laws and Regulations.
The
Bank
is subject to a variety of consumer protection laws, including the Truth in
Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act adopted as part of the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer
Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the regulations adopted
hereunder. In the aggregate, compliance with these consumer protection laws
and
regulations involves substantial expense and administrative time on the part
of
the Bank and the Registrant.
Legislation
and Regulatory Changes
.
From
time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the
cost
of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities and/or affecting
the competitive balance between banks and other financial institutions.
Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and
taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial institutions
are
frequently made in Congress, and before various bank regulatory agencies. No
prediction can be made as to the likelihood of any major changes or the impact
such changes might have on the Registrant and its subsidiary Bank.
Effect
of Government Monetary Policies.
The
earnings of the Registrant are and will be affected by domestic economic
conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States Government
and its agencies (particularly the Federal Reserve Board). The monetary policies
of the Federal Reserve Board have had and will likely continue to have, an
important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power
to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb
inflation or combat a recession. The Federal Reserve Board has a major effect
upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market
operations in United States Government securities and through its regulation
of,
among other things, the discount rate on borrowing of member banks and the
reserve requirements against member bank deposits. It is not possible to predict
the nature and impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal
policies.
(d)
Financial Information About Geographical Areas
All
of
the Registrant’s revenues are attributable to customers located in the United
States, and primarily from customers located in Southeastern Pennsylvania.
All
of Registrant’s assets are located in the United States and in Southeastern
Pennsylvania. Registrant has no activities in foreign countries and hence no
risks attendant to foreign operations.
(e)
Available Information
Registrant
files reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The public
may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public
Reference Room at 450 fifth Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may
obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling
the
SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports,
proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that
file electronically with the SEC. The SEC Internet site’s address is
http://www.sec.gov
.
The
Registrant maintains a corporate website at
www.dnbfirst.com
.
We will
provide printed copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports
on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these
reports at no charge upon written request. Requests should be made to DNB
Financial Corporation, 4 Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, PA 19335, Attention:
Gerald F. Sopp, Chief Financial Officer.
Item
1A.
Risk
Factors
Here
are
some of the risks that affect DNB’s business:
Our
Profitability is Affected by Interest Rate Changes
.
Our profitability depends largely on our net interest income. This is the
difference between our interest income on loans, investments and other assets,
and our interest expense on our deposits, borrowing and other liabilities.
We
try to identify and manage interest rate risk, which is the risk that we will
not be able to keep investing our money at a higher rate than we borrow it.
To
manage interest rate risks, we have to keep track of the interest we earn and
the interest we pay. When interest rates change, the relationship between our
interest income and our interest expense changes. Interest rate changes can
be
complex. For example, the relationship between short-term interest rates and
long-term interest rates can change. We try to limit the chances that these
changes may make us less profitable. The types of assets and liabilities we
have
can also affect our profitability when interest rates change.
For
example:
(a)
Our
assets and liabilities may change interest rates at different
times.
(b)
Our
assets and liabilities may not mature at the same time.
(c)
Some
types of assets and liabilities may be repayable sooner or later as interest
rates change.
Normally,
we expect our assets and liabilities not to have the same sensitivity to changes
in interest rates. This means that a change in interest rates will normally
either increase or decrease our net income. As of December 31, 2006, we were
in
a liability sensitive position, meaning that, when interest rates change, the
rates we pay on our liabilities change more quickly than the rates we earn
on
our assets. In this situation, an increase in interest rates could reduce our
net income. In addition, as of December 31, 2006, our liabilities, on average
were scheduled to be repaid sooner than our assets. As a result, when short-term
interest rates rise
faster
than long-term interest rates, the interest we pay on our liabilities will
increase faster than the interest we receive on our assets, which can reduce
our
net income. We cannot predict interest rate changes or the relationships between
long-term interest rates and short-term interest rates.
Heavy
Competition
.
We now
face strong competition from many Pennsylvania and out-of-state banking and
thrift institutions, many of which have been in business for a number of years
and have established customer bases. We expect to continue to face this strong
competition in the future. Competition also comes from other businesses that
provide financial services, including consumer loan companies, credit unions,
mortgage brokers, insurance companies, securities
brokerage
firms, investment advisors, money market funds and other mutual funds, and
private lenders. Many of these competitors have resources greater than ours.
They have the advantages of an established market presence and customer base,
name recognition and a greater capital base. While our strategy is to attract
customers by providing personalized services and making use of the business
and
personal ties of our management, there is no assurance we will keep or increase
market acceptance and be able to operate profitably. Many financial service
providers believe our primary market area, Chester County, is an attractive
market because of its strong economic growth. As a result, we are experiencing
particularly intense competition in our primary marketplace. This includes
attempts at new entry into the market by established competitors that had not
previously done business in Chester County, as well as the formation of new
banks with management that are experienced in the Chester County market. All
of
these factors may adversely impact our ability to maintain or increase our
profitability.
Small
Size and Geographic Restrictions
.
We are
a community bank and do not have the capital resources or the number of people
that many of our competitors have. In addition, we cannot provide as many
products or services as some of our competitors, making it more difficult for
us
to compete. Our market territory is relatively small, which limits our ability
to diversify our credit risks and increase our business.
Real
Estate Loans.
Like
many community banks, many of our loans are commercial loans secured primarily
by commercial real estate. We are more vulnerable to losses on these loans
if
commercial real estate generally suffers a downturn in values. As a result,
if
commercial real estate values decline in the future, our profitability could
be
adversely affected.
Dependence
on Interest Income
.
Our
profitability depends heavily on net interest income. This means we can only
be
profitable if we lend money at higher interest rates than we borrow it through
deposits and other debt. Recently the margin between lending rates and borrowing
rates has gotten smaller, causing our net interest income to decline. While
we
are increasing fee-based income to make us less dependent on interest rates
for
profitability, we have not completed the implementation of strategies to
increase our fee-based income. If interest rate margins shrink further, or
if we
are unable to diversify our business to generate greater fee-based income,
our
profitability may be negatively impacted.
Dependence
on Key Personnel
.
As a
community bank, our success will depend greatly on the continued services of
our
executive officers. In order to be successful, we must attract, retain and
motivate key employees, and if we fail to do that, our profits could be hurt.
We
may not be successful in continuing to recruit experienced people for positions
with us, or in retaining necessary people. If we lose Mr. Latoff’s or Mr. Hieb’s
services or those of other key personnel, our future prospects could be
harmed.
Director
and Officer Liability Limitations.
Under
our articles of incorporation and Pennsylvania law, our directors and officers
may not be liable to us unless they breach a duty of loyalty, or they engage
in
intentional misconduct or violate the law, or if they gain an improper personal
benefit. Our bylaws permit us to indemnify our officers and directors to the
fullest extent permitted by law for all expenses incurred in settlement of
actions against them in connection with their service to us. Because we
indemnify our directors and officers, there is a risk they could make riskier
decisions than they would make if we did not offer them this protection.
Risks
Related to Balance Sheet Repositioning
.
We
announced a comprehensive plan designed to reposition our balance sheet and
improve core earnings. The plan calls for a substantial reduction in the size
of
the investment portfolio and expansion of the loan portfolio through new
originations, increased loan participations, as well as strategic loan and
lease
receivable purchases. We also announced plans to reduce debt borrowings with
cash flows from existing loans and investments and from new core deposit growth.
It is possible we will not be able to originate new loans or additional core
deposits as quickly as planned, or that changes in interest rates will make
this
strategy less effective in achieving our profitability goals. If we do not
achieve our balance sheet repositioning or revenue enhancement goals, our
profitability may be adversely affected.
Concentration
of Voting Control
.
As of
February 23, 2007, William S. Latoff, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer,
owned 121,903 shares of our common stock, including 4,630 shares of unvested
stock that will vest on May 25, 2008. He can also obtain 52,869 additional
shares of common stock by exercising options he has previously been granted
by
the Company. Therefore, with the shares of common stock represented by options,
he potentially controls 6.87% of issued and outstanding voting stock. He has
expressed his intent to purchase additional shares of our common stock in the
future. We are likely to grant him additional stock options, unvested stock
or
other equity-based compensation that would increase his voting percentage
further. Our directors and officers as a group now own a total of 223,714 shares
of our common stock, including 10,748 shares of unvested stock that will vest
in
the future. They can also acquire 183,003 additional shares of common stock
by
exercising options they have been granted. With the shares of common stock
represented by options granted to them, our directors and officers as a group
potentially control 14.45% of our issued and outstanding voting stock. Many
of
our directors and officers have indicated their intent to purchase additional
shares of common stock in the future. Further, it is likely they will be granted
additional stock options, unvested stock or other equity-based compensation
that
would further increase the total voting percentage of our directors and
officers. We believe ownership of stock causes our directors and officers to
have the same interests as our shareholders, but it also gives them the ability
to vote as shareholders for matters that are in their personal
interest.
Possible
Future Capital Needs
.
There
is no assurance we will be able to generate sufficient capital through retained
earnings to achieve our operating and growth goals. We may require additional
capital in the future to support growth and expansion, to increase our legal
lending limit, and to accept increased deposits. If we are not able to raise
sufficient capital at an acceptable cost, we may not reach our profitability
goals and the value of a shareholder’s investment may be adversely
affected.
Possible
Dilution from Future Equity or Debt Offerings
.
We may
make additional offerings of equity or debt privately or publicly without
further approval by holders of our common stock. These offerings may include
senior debt, subordinated debt, additional trust preferred securities or common
or preferred stock, any of which we can issue without shareholder approval.
Additional debt or equity could be issued at prices that are greater or lower
than the market price of our shares. The offerings could dilute the book value,
voting control or market value of shares you purchase under the
Plan.
If
the Economy Gets Worse in Our Market, our Profits Could Be
Hurt
.
Recent
news reports indicate economists are cautious about the U.S. economy in 2007.
Our profits can be hurt if the economy does not do well in areas where we do
business, because we may not be able to find as many creditworthy borrowers,
or
borrowers may decide to borrow less, or our losses on defaulted loans can
increase if borrowers have financial problems.
If
our Allowance for Credit Losses is Not Enough to Cover Future Credit Losses,
or
if We Do Not Manage our Credit Risks, our Earnings Could
Decrease
.
We make
assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loans, including
the
creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of any collateral securing
our
loans. To determine our allowance for credit losses, we review our loans and
our
experience with loan losses and late loan payments, and we evaluate economic
conditions. If we make the wrong assumptions, our allowance for credit losses
may not be large enough to cover future losses on our loans. We also might
make
other mistakes in managing our credit risks. For example, we might not identify
credit risks in a loan or in our portfolio accurately. We might make mistakes
in
managing our loans or in trying to recover losses. These mistakes might reduce
our income, or require us to apply more of our income to add to the allowance
for credit losses, or both. Either of these results would hurt our profits.
Our
bank regulators also have to review our allowance for credit losses. If our
regulators decide we should increase it, we have to apply more of our income
to
do so, which might reduce our profits.
We
Have a Concentration of Exposure to Some Borrowers, Which Adds to our
Risks
.
The
total amount of loans we make to a group of related borrowers is called our
exposure to a borrowing relationship. As of December 31, 2006, the largest
exposure we had to a group of related borrowers was $5.7 million. This
equaled 12.4% of the total amount of our regulatory capital. For these purposes,
our regulatory capital includes our stated capital, our capital surplus, and
certain portions of our allowance for credit losses, with further adjustments,
as required by our banking regulators. The standard lending limit for national
banks is equal to 15% of this regulatory capital. As of December 31, 2006,
our total exposure to our 10 largest borrowing relationships was approximately
$47.3 million. This was approximately 103.6% of our regulatory capital for
these purposes. Because a default on a loan to one borrower in a group of
related borrowers can often result in defaults on the other loans to related
borrowers, and because larger loan amounts produce more losses to a bank when
they go into a default, if any of these loans goes into default and we cannot
recover all we have lent, there is a greater risk that a default on these loans
will produce a greater loss, and consequently a greater reduction in our
profitability. If the total exposure to a few borrowing relationships gets
too
big in relation to a bank’s capital, it increases the risk that loan defaults on
those borrowing relationships will reduce the bank’s capital. Without enough
capital, a bank cannot operate profitably and may be subject to regulatory
enforcement action.
Changes
in Regulations and Accounting Rules May Hurt our Earnings
.
Section
404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires many companies to increase costs to
strengthen their internal control. We do not know yet whether that requirement
will apply to us, but we have to make changes in our accounting and auditing
in
case it will. In addition, our auditors are charging us more because they have
to do more work in auditing our records. Other recent accounting changes, such
as the new rules for recognizing expenses associated with the value of stock
options we grant to employees, are changing our accounting and business
practices. The USA Patriot Act, OFAC and new regulations under the Bank Secrecy
Act are also requiring us to spend more and these costs are expected to increase
substantially during 2007 and succeeding years as we augment our BSA compliance
program. The Bank may not be in full compliance in these areas and, while
management is actively assessing and working to strengthen the Bank’s BSA, OFAC
and Patriot Act compliance, there is a risk that the Bank could be exposed
to
enforcement action, civil money penalties or other adverse actions in the future
based on any shortcomings that may be identified in the Bank’s historic BSA
compliance program implementation. Other new bank regulations are also being
adopted, and we must spend money to comply with them. In other cases, such
as
with our trust preferred securities, Bank Owned Life Insurance and tax and
accounting positions we have taken, we depend upon Congress, regulatory agencies
and accounting rulemaking bodies not to make changes in their current positions
on the proper treatment of many of our activities. Any changes in these
positions could hurt our financial position and our profitability. We do not
know what other rules will be adopted in the future or whether new rules will
be
adopted. New rules and changes in rules may increase our expenses in complying
with them. This may hurt our future profits in ways we cannot predict
now
.
Unexpected
Events Affecting our Marketing Partners Could Hurt Our
Revenues
.
Over
recent years, we have sold more products and services jointly with other
organizations, and we have relied more on other organizations to provide
services to us to support our activities. We believe this trend will continue
and that we will be more dependent in the future on other organizations in
order
to run our business efficiently and profitably. If an unexpected loss or problem
affects one of these organizations, it could cost us money or hurt our ability
to be profitable. While we try to plan for these risks, we may not predict
some
of these types of events
.
Our
Expansion Plans May Not be Successful
.
We have
been adding branches and offices, and we may add more in the future. We do
this
so that we can provide our products and services to more customers, which we
believe will make us more profitable. New offices cost us more money, but we
expect them to become profitable after a time. If new offices do not become
as
profitable as we hope or do not become profitable as quickly as we expect,
our
profits may be hurt.
Unexpected
Disasters May Hurt Our Profitability and Your Investment
.
Terrorist acts, conflicts, wars and natural disaster may seriously harm our
business and revenue, costs and expenses and financial condition and stock
price. While we try to make contingency plans to help continue our business
if a
disaster occurs, we might not anticipate every type of disaster, and our plans
might fail. In addition, some disasters might be so overwhelming that we would
not be able to recover from them. These situations could hurt our profitability
and in the worst case could destroy our business and wipe out your
investment.
Here
are
some risks that do not affect our business but could affect the value of an
investment in DNB Common Stock:
On
a Liquidation or in Certain Other Cases, Our Debt Holders May Hold Rights
Superior to Shareholders.
We have
issued trust preferred securities that constitute indebtedness. These securities
contain covenants requiring us to repay the debt with interest. If we fail
to do
so, the holders of that debt will have rights to seek repayment, and their
claims on our assets will have priority over your claim as a
shareholder.
Our
Governing Documents May Reduce the Influence of an Individual
Shareholder.
Our
articles of incorporation and bylaws give our directors substantial control
over
who sits on our board of directors and what proposals are presented to our
shareholder to consider. For example, the board is divided into three staggered
classes of directors. Only one class gets re-elected each year. As a result,
it
may take at least two years for a majority of directors to change. Second,
under
our articles of incorporation, a shareholder may not cumulate votes for the
election of directors. As a result, the same majority of shareholders may
control the election of each director position. Third, our bylaws impose time
limits and other requirements on a shareholder who wants to nominate a director
or make a proposal for new business at a shareholder meeting. As a result,
the
nomination or proposal may be delayed until the shareholder meets these
requirements. These provisions may also give our management more time to
evaluate and respond to a shareholder nomination or proposal and, if management
believes the nomination or proposal is not in the best interests of
shareholders, to advocate that it not be adopted.
Our
Governing Documents May Make it More Difficult for Another Company to Buy
DNB
.
Our
articles of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that may make it harder
for another company to acquire control of DNB. For example, a change in control
of DNB cannot occur unless it has been approved by shareholders owning at least
75% of the shares of DNB common stock or by two-thirds of DNB’s directors. In
addition, the board of directors may oppose another company’s offer to buy DNB
from its shareholders and in doing so may consider many factors not directly
involving the current value of DNB stock. We believe these provisions help
DNB
become more profitable because they let our management concentrate on developing
the profitability of DNB’s business for the benefit of our shareholders. As a
result of these provisions, if another company tries to offer shareholders
a
higher price than shareholders can obtain by selling them in the open market,
our shareholders may not be able to sell their shares to the other company
without the approval of our board of directors.
Item
1B.
Unresolved
Staff Comments
Not
applicable
.
The
main
office of the Bank is located at 4 Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, Pennsylvania
19335. The Registrant’s registered office is also at this location. The
Registrant pays no rent or other form of consideration for the use of the Bank’s
main office as its principal executive office. The Bank leases its operations
center located at 104-106 Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown. With the exception
of
the West Goshen office, Exton office, West Chester office and limited service
offices in Newtown Square and at Tel Hai Retirement Community, all of which
are
leased, the Bank owns all of its existing branches as described below which
had
a net book value of $4.8 million including leasehold improvements at December
31, 2006. The Bank’s trust department and wealth management unit, operating
under the name, “DNB Advisors,” have offices in the Bank’s Exton
Office.
The
bank
has twelve offices located in Chester and Delaware Counties, Pennsylvania.
In
addition to the Main Office discussed above, they are:
Office
|
|
Office
Location
|
|
Owned/Leased
|
|
|
|
|
|
Caln
Office
|
|
1835
East Lincoln Highway, Coatesville
|
|
Owned
|
East
End Office
|
|
701
East Lancaster Avenue, Downingtown
|
|
Owned
|
Exton
Office
|
|
410
Exton Square Parkway, Exton
|
|
Leased
|
Kennett
Square Office
|
|
215
E. Cypress St., Kennett Square
|
|
Owned
|
Lionville
Office
|
|
Intersection
of Route 100 and Welsh Pool Road, Exton
|
|
Owned
|
Little
Washington Office
|
|
Route
322 and Culbertson Run Road, Downingtown
|
|
Owned
|
Ludwig’s
Corner Office
|
|
Intersection
of Routes 100 and 401, Chester Springs
|
|
Owned
|
Tel
Hai Office
|
|
Tel
Hai Retirement Community, Honey Brook (Limited Service)
|
|
Leased
|
West
Goshen Office
|
|
1115
West Chester Pike, West Chester
|
|
Leased
|
West
Chester Office
|
|
2
North Church Street, West Chester
|
|
Leased
|
Newtown
Square Office
|
|
3409
West Chester Pike, Suite 102, Newtown Square (Limited
Service)
|
|
Leased
|
On
April
26, 2006 the Bank signed an agreement to lease a parcel of land in Chadds Ford
township, Delaware County, Pennsylvania, for the purpose of developing the
premises to accommodate a future branch. The Bank expects to begin operations
of
the new branch in May of 2007.
Item
3.
Legal
Proceedings
DNB
is a
party to a number of lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. While
any litigation causes an element of uncertainty, management is of the opinion
that the liability, if any, resulting from the actions, will not have a material
effect on the accompanying financial statements.
Item
4.
Submission
of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
None.
Part
II
(a)
Market Price of and Dividends on Registrant’s Common Equity
DNB
Financial Corporation’s common stock is listed under the symbol “DNBF” on the
Over-The-Counter Electronic Bulletin Board, an automated quotation service,
made
available through and governed by the NASDAQ system. Current price information
is available from account executives at most brokerage firms as well as the
firms listed at the back of this report who are market makers of DNB’s common
stock. There were approximately 1,250 stockholders who owned 2.5 million shares
of common stock outstanding at February 23, 2007
.
The
following table sets forth the quarterly high and low prices for a share of
DNB’s common stock during the periods indicated.
Prices
for the sale of stock are based upon transactions reported by the brokerage
firms of Boenning & Scattergood, Inc. and Ferris, Baker Watts, Inc. These
over-the-counter market quotations reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail
mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not necessarily represent actual
transactions. The quoted high and low bids prices are limited only to those
transactions known by management to have occurred and there may, in fact, have
been additional transactions of which management is unaware. Prices have been
adjusted to reflect stock dividends
.
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
First quarter
|
|
$
|
21.43
|
|
$
|
18.48
|
|
$
|
26.76
|
|
$
|
24.27
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
20.57
|
|
|
20.00
|
|
|
25.67
|
|
|
24.09
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
20.71
|
|
|
19.86
|
|
|
23.81
|
|
|
21.31
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
20.70
|
|
|
19.80
|
|
|
21.09
|
|
|
18.05
|
|
The
information required with respect to the frequency and amount of the
Registrant’s cash dividends declared on each class of its common equity for the
two most recent fiscal years is set forth in the section of this report titled,
“Item 6 - Selected Financial Data”
on page
17.
The
information required with respect to securities authorized for issuance under
the Registrant’s equity compensation plans is set forth in “Item 12 - Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder
Matters”
on
page
79.
(b)
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Not
applicable
(c)
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Registrant and Affiliated
Purchasers
The
following table provides information on repurchases by or on behalf of DNB
or
any “affiliated purchaser” (as defined in Regulation 10b-18(a)(3)) of its common
stock in each month of the quarter ended December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Total Number
Of
Shares
Purchased
|
|
|
|
|
Average
Price
Paid
Per
Share
|
|
|
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs
|
|
|
Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (a)
|
|
October
1, 2006 - October 31, 2006
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.43
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
144,974
|
|
November
1, 2006 - November 30, 2006
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
|
|
20.14
|
|
|
1,050
|
|
|
143,924
|
|
December
1, 2006 - December 31, 2006
|
|
|
6,750
|
|
|
|
|
20.69
|
|
|
6,750
|
|
|
137,174
|
|
Total
|
|
|
8,850
|
|
|
|
$
|
20.59
|
|
|
8,850
|
|
|
137,174
|
|
(a)
|
On
July 25, 2001, DNB authorized the buyback of up to 192,938 shares
of its
common stock over an indefinite period. On August 27, 2004, DNB increased
the buyback from 192,938 to 376,228 shares of its common stock over
an
indefinite period. This number has been adjusted to reflect the 5%
stock
dividend issued in December 2006.
|
The
following graph presents the 5 year cumulative total return on DNB Financial
Corporation’s common stock, compared to the S&P 500 Index and S&P
Financial Index for the 5 year period ended December 31, 2006. The comparison
assumes that $100 was invested in the Corporation’s common stock and each of the
foregoing indices and that all dividends have been reinvested.
Item
6.
S
ele
cted
Financial Data
The
selected financial data set forth below is derived in part from, and should
be
read in conjunction with, the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes
thereto, contained elsewhere herein.
|
At
or For the Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RESULTS
OF OPERATIONS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
$
|
28,249
|
|
$
|
23,427
|
|
$
|
20,233
|
|
$
|
18,894
|
|
$
|
21,498
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
13,368
|
|
|
9,313
|
|
|
6,833
|
|
|
7,421
|
|
|
9,430
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
14,114
|
|
|
13,400
|
|
|
11,473
|
|
|
12,068
|
|
Provision
for credit losses
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Other
non-interest income
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
|
2,356
|
|
|
2,940
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
2,645
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(2,349
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
non-interest income
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
|
2,356
|
|
|
591
|
|
|
2,540
|
|
|
2,645
|
|
Non-interest
expense
|
|
|
16,507
|
|
|
14,411
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
|
12,622
|
|
|
11,257
|
|
Income
before income taxes
|
|
|
1,788
|
|
|
2,059
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
1,391
|
|
|
3,456
|
|
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
504
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
728
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
$
|
1,401
|
|
$
|
2,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PER
SHARE DATA*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
$
|
0.64
|
|
$
|
1.23
|
|
Diluted
earnings
|
|
|
0.69
|
|
|
0.96
|
|
|
0.13
|
|
|
0.62
|
|
|
1.21
|
|
Cash
dividends
|
|
|
0.50
|
|
|
0.47
|
|
|
0.45
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
Book
value
|
|
|
11.58
|
|
|
11.45
|
|
|
10.86
|
|
|
11.52
|
|
|
11.79
|
|
Weighted
average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common
shares outstanding - basic
|
|
|
2,500,173
|
|
|
2,221,478
|
|
|
2,183,308
|
|
|
2,199,743
|
|
|
2,222,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FINANCIAL
CONDITION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
525,242
|
|
$
|
473,046
|
|
$
|
441,059
|
|
$
|
409,013
|
|
$
|
384,368
|
|
Loans
and leases
|
|
|
329,466
|
|
|
288,130
|
|
|
232,577
|
|
|
203,553
|
|
|
187,585
|
|
Allowance
for credit losses
|
|
|
4,226
|
|
|
4,420
|
|
|
4,436
|
|
|
4,559
|
|
|
4,546
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
381,027
|
|
|
339,627
|
|
|
323,144
|
|
|
292,436
|
|
|
287,802
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
110,538
|
|
|
99,880
|
|
|
90,643
|
|
|
88,720
|
|
|
68,728
|
|
Stockholders’
equity
|
|
|
31,411
|
|
|
30,186
|
|
|
24,738
|
|
|
25,372
|
|
|
26,208
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SELECTED
RATIOS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return
on average stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
5.73
|
%
|
|
8.31
|
%
|
|
1.16
|
%
|
|
5.47
|
%
|
|
10.66
|
%
|
Return
on average assets
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
0.48
|
|
|
0.07
|
|
|
0.35
|
|
|
0.72
|
|
Average
equity to average assets
|
|
|
6.18
|
|
|
5.77
|
|
|
6.05
|
|
|
6.41
|
|
|
6.76
|
|
Loans
to deposits
|
|
|
86.47
|
|
|
84.84
|
|
|
71.97
|
|
|
69.61
|
|
|
65.18
|
|
Dividend
payout ratio
|
|
|
71.37
|
|
|
49.39
|
|
|
334.34
|
|
|
68.83
|
|
|
33.67
|
|
|
*
|
Per
share data and shares outstanding have been adjusted for the 5% stock
dividends in December of 2006, 2005, 2004, 2003 and
2002.
|
I.
Introductory
Overview
DNB
Financial Corporation is a bank holding company whose bank subsidiary, DNB
First, National Association (the “Bank”) is a nationally chartered commercial
bank with trust powers, and a member of the FDIC. DNB provides a broad range
of
banking services to individual and corporate customers through its twelve
community offices located throughout Chester and Delaware Counties,
Pennsylvania. DNB is a community banking organization that focuses its lending
and other services on businesses and consumers in the local market area. DNB
funds all these activities with retail and business deposits and borrowings.
Through its DNB Advisors division, the Bank provides wealth management and
trust
services to individuals and businesses. The Bank and its subsidiary, DNB
Financial Services, Inc. through the name “DNB Financial Services,” make
available certain non-depository products and services, such as securities
brokerage, mutual funds, life insurance and annuities.
DNB
earns
revenues and generates cash flows by lending funds to commercial and consumer
customers in its marketplace. DNB generates its largest source of interest
income through its lending function. Secondary sources of interest income are
DNB’s investment portfolio, which provide liquidity and cash flows for future
lending needs.
In
addition to interest earned on loans and investments, DNB earns revenues from
fees it charges customers for non-lending services. These services include
wealth management and trust services; brokerage and investment services; cash
management services; banking and ATM services; as well as safekeeping and other
depository services.
To
implement the culture changes necessary at DNB First to become an innovative
community bank capable of meeting challenges of the 21st century, we embarked
on
a strategy called "Loyalty, Bank On It." In recognizing the importance of
loyalty in our everyday lives, we have embraced this concept as the cornerstone
of DNB First's new culture beginning in 2006. To that end, DNB continues to
make
appropriate investments in all areas of our business, including people,
technology, facilities and marketing.
Highlights
of DNB’s results for the year-end December 31, 2006 include:
·
Net
interest income increased 5.4%
·
Solid
loan growth - up 14.3%
·
Steady
growth in deposits - up 12.2%
Earnings
.
For the
year ended December 31, 2006, DNB reported net income of $1.7 million, a decease
of $401,000 from the $2.1 million reported for the year ended December 31,
2005,
or $0.69 per share versus $0.96 per share, respectively, on a fully diluted
basis. DNB’s earnings were impacted by the general economic conditions
challenging all commercial banking institutions - the flat yield curve and
increased pricing competition on loans and deposits. In addition, earnings
were
further depressed by a $2.1 million increase in non interest expense to $16.5
million. This increase was due almost entirely to strategic moves designed
to
increase future revenue and improve profitability. Earnings for 2005 were
favorably impacted when DNB reversed a portion of the previously recorded
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and recognized a related income
tax
benefit of $308,000. A significant portion of the reversal was associated with
a
tax gain recognized on the sale of two operations buildings as well as an
additional reversal made in connection with the sale of agency preferred
securities, which is discussed in detail on page 20 under the heading
“
Investment
Portfolio Restructure”
.
The
following table sets forth selected quarterly financial data and earnings per
share for the periods indicated. Per share data have been adjusted for the
five
percent (5%) stock dividends paid in 2006 and 2005
.
Quarterly
Financial Data
(Dollars
in thousands,
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
except
per share data)
|
|
Fourth
|
|
Third
|
|
Second
|
|
First
|
|
Fourth
|
|
Third
|
|
Second
|
|
First
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Interest
income
|
|
$
|
7,452
|
|
$
|
7,308
|
|
$
|
7,018
|
|
$
|
6,471
|
|
$
|
6,325
|
|
$
|
6,180
|
|
$
|
5,715
|
|
$
|
5,207
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
3,690
|
|
|
3,557
|
|
|
3,222
|
|
|
2,899
|
|
|
2,689
|
|
|
2,487
|
|
|
2,255
|
|
|
1,882
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
3,762
|
|
|
3,751
|
|
|
3,796
|
|
|
3,572
|
|
|
3,636
|
|
|
3,693
|
|
|
3,460
|
|
|
3,325
|
|
|
Provision
for credit losses
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
75
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
Other
non-interest income
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Total
non-interest income
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
815
|
|
|
779
|
|
|
761
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Non-interest
expense
|
|
|
4,309
|
|
|
4,187
|
|
|
4,144
|
|
|
3,867
|
|
|
3,754
|
|
|
3,678
|
|
|
3,538
|
|
|
3,441
|
|
|
Income
(loss) before
income
taxes
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
701
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
Income
tax (benefit) expense
|
|
|
(98
|
)
|
|
18
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
114
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
Net
income
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
845
|
|
|
587
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
earnings per share
|
|
$
|
0.15
|
|
$
|
0.17
|
|
$
|
0.20
|
|
$
|
0.18
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
$
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
earnings per share
|
|
|
0.15
|
|
|
0.17
|
|
|
0.19
|
|
|
0.18
|
|
|
0.39
|
|
|
0.28
|
|
|
0.30
|
|
|
0.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
dividends per share
|
|
$
|
0.124
|
|
$
|
0.124
|
|
$
|
0.124
|
|
$
|
0.124
|
|
$
|
0.118
|
|
$
|
0.118
|
|
$
|
0.118
|
|
$
|
0.118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Quality.
Total
non-performing loans were $821,000 at December 31, 2006 compared to $1.4 million
at December 31, 2005. Non-performing loans to total loans were .25% at December
31, 2006 compared to .47% at December 31, 2005. DNB’s asset quality remains
strong compared to its peer group. The allowance for credit losses was $4.2
million at December 31, 2006, compared to $4.4 million at December 31, 2005.
The
allowance to total loans was 1.28% at December 31, 2006 compared to 1.53% at
December 31, 2005.
II.
Overview
of Financial Condition - Major Changes and Trends
At
December 31, 2006, DNB had consolidated assets of $525.2 million and a Tier
I/Leverage Capital -Ratio of 8.28%. Loans and leases comprise 66.4% of earning
assets, while investments and federal funds sold constitute the remainder.
During 2006, assets increased $52.2 million to $525.2 million at December 31,
2006, compared to $473.0 million at December 31, 2005. Investment securities
increased $7.8 million to $154.2 million, while the loan and lease portfolio
grew $41.3 million, or 14.35%, to $329.5 million. Deposits increased $41.4
million to $381.0 million at December 31, 2006. DNB credit quality remained
strong, as did the allowance for credit losses, which was 1.28% of total loans
and leases. DNB’s delinquency ratio (total delinquent loans and leases to total
loans and leases) was 1.03% at December 31, 2006 up from .94% at December 31,
2005. DNB’s liabilities are comprised of a high level of core deposits with a
low cost of funds in addition to a moderate level of borrowings with costs
that
are more volatile than core deposits. During the last few years, a flat yield
curve and significant margin compression contributed to lower levels of
earnings.
During
2005, DNB completed a private placement of 265,730 shares of its common stock
to
53 accredited investors at a price of $21.00 per share, realizing total offering
proceeds of $5.6 million. DNB’s management team and board of directors organized
the offering. There were no brokerage or underwriting commissions paid in
relation to the private placement.
Comprehensive
5-Year Plan.
During
2003, management developed a strategic 5-year plan designed to reposition its
balance sheet and improve core earnings. As part of the plan, management
announced its intentions to substantially reduce the size of its investment
portfolio and expand its loan portfolio through new originations, increased
loan
participations, as well as strategic loan and lease receivable purchases.
Management also planned a reduction in the absolute level of borrowings with
cash flows from existing loans and investments as well as from new core deposit
growth. A detailed discussion on DNB’s progress follows below
.
Investment
Portfolio Restructure.
As
part
of its previously announced balance sheet repositioning, DNB took advantage
of
the interest rate environment to restructure a significant portion of its
investment securities portfolio. In March 2005, DNB sold $73.3 million of
structured securities, government agency preferred stock, longer-term municipal
securities, as well as corporate securities, resulting in a net pre-tax loss
of
$699,000. In total, net pre-tax gains of $300,000 were recognized during 2005,
on the sale of preferred stock. As such, the gains recognized on the sale of
the
preferred stock (capital assets) resulted in a reversal of a portion of a
previously recorded valuation allowance for deferred tax assets of $102,000
for
2005. This amount contributed to a reduction in income tax expense for 2005.
The
majority of the proceeds received on the sale of these investments were
re-invested into higher yielding agency mortgage-backed securities, agency
bonds
and municipal securities. Management believed that the restructured portfolio
will result in more stable earnings and cash flow, as well as improved value
metrics.
Continued
Progress in Balance Sheet Repositioning.
In
2006,
DNB continued moving forward on its five year plan and increased loans and
leases by $41.3 million or 14.4%. Commercial loans and leases increase $26.0
million and residential and consumer increased $15.3 million. Deposits grew
$41.4 million or 12.19% and customer repurchase agreements grew $9.1 million
or
25.16%.
DNB’s
financial objectives are focused on diluted earnings per share growth and return
on average equity. In order to achieve its financial objectives, DNB defined
the
following strategies as part of the 5-Year Plan:
•
Grow
loans and diversify the mix
•
Reduce
the size of the investment portfolio
•
Reduce
long-term borrowings
•
Enhance
the branch network and alternative delivery options
•
Focus
on
profitable customer segments
•
Grow
and
diversify non-interest income
Management’s
strategies are designed to direct DNB’s tactical investment decisions and
support financial objectives. DNB’s most significant revenue source continues to
be net interest income, defined as total interest income less interest expense,
which in 2006 accounted for approximately 81.3% of total revenue. To produce
net
interest income and consistent earnings growth over the long-term, DNB must
generate loan and deposit growth at acceptable economic spreads within its
market area. To generate and grow loans and deposits, DNB must focus on a number
of areas including, but not limited to, the economy, branch expansion, sales
practices, customer satisfaction and retention, competition, customer behavior,
technology, product innovation and credit performance of its customers.
Management
has made a concerted effort to improve the measurement and tracking of business
lines and overall corporate performance levels. Improved information systems
have increased DNB’s ability to track key indicators and enhance corporate
performance levels. Better measurement against goals and objectives and
increased accountability will be integral in attaining desired loan, deposit
and
fee income production
.
III.
DNB’s
Principal Products and Services
Loans
and Lending Services.
DNB’s
primary source of earnings and cash flows is derived from its lending function.
More than sixty- seven percent of DNB’s portfolio relates to commercial loans
and lease products. DNB focuses on providing these products to small to mid-size
businesses throughout Chester and Delaware Counties. In keeping with DNB’s goal
to match customer business initiatives with products designed to meet their
needs, DNB offers a wide variety of fixed and variable rate loans that are
priced competitively. DNB serves this market by providing funds for the purchase
of business property or ventures, working capital lines, lease financing for
equipment and for a variety of other purposes. Net loan and lease growth in
the
commercial loan and lease portfolios amounted to $26.0 million or 13.3% in
2006.
As
a
community bank, DNB also serves consumers by providing home equity and home
mortgages, as well as term loans for the purchase of consumer goods. During
the
current low interest rate environment, there has been a high demand for consumer
home equity loan products. DNB has successfully met this demand with a variety
of fixed and variable rate home equity loans and lines, secured by first or
second liens on the borrowers’ primary residence. At December 31, 2006, consumer
loans totaled $54.8 million, up 13.21% from 2005.
In
addition to providing funds to customers, DNB also provides a variety of
services to its commercial customers. These services, such as cash management,
commercial sweep accounts, internet banking, letters of credit and other lending
products, are designed to meet our customer needs and help them become
successful. DNB provides these -services to assist its customers in obtaining
financing, securing business opportunities, providing access to new resources
and managing cash flows.
Deposit
Products and Services
.
DNB’s
primary source of funds is derived from customer deposits, which are typically
generated by DNB’s twelve branch offices. DNB’s deposit base, while highly
concentrated in central Chester County, extends to southern Chester County
and
into parts of Delaware and Lancaster Counties. In addition, a growing amount
of
new deposits are being generated through expanded government service offerings
and as a part of comprehensive loan or wealth management
relationships.
The
majority of DNB’s deposit mix consists of low costing core deposits, (demand,
NOW and savings accounts). The remaining deposits are comprised of
rate-sensitive money market and time products. DNB offers tiered savings and
money market accounts, designed to attract high dollar, less volatile funds.
Certificates of deposit and IRAs are traditionally offered with interest rates
commensurate with their terms.
Non-Deposit
Products and Services.
DNB
offers non-deposit products and services through its subsidiaries under the
names “DNB Financial Services” (“DNBFS”) and “DNB Advisors.” Revenues under
these entities were $707,000, $712,000 and $633,000 or 3.9%, 4.35% and 4.5%
of
total revenues for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
DNB
Financial Services.
Through
a
partnership with UVEST Financial Services, DNBFS offers a complete line of
investment and insurance products.
•
|
Fixed
& Variable Annuities
|
•
|
Defined
Benefit Plans
|
•
|
401k
Rollovers
|
•
|
Stocks
|
•
|
Self-Directed
IRAs
|
•
|
Bonds
|
•
|
Mutual
Funds
|
•
|
Full
Services Brokerage
|
•
|
Long
Term Care Insurance
|
•
|
529
College Savings Plans
|
•
|
Life
Insurance
|
•
|
Estate
Accounts
|
•
|
Disability
Insurance
|
•
|
Trust
Services
|
•
|
Self
Employed Pension (SEP)
|
|
|
DNB
Advisors
.
DNB
Advisors offers a full line of products and services, which includes the
following.
•
|
Investment
Management
|
•
|
Investment
Advisory
|
•
|
Estate
Settlement
|
•
|
Trust
Services
|
•
|
Custody
Services
|
•
|
Retirement
Planning
|
•
|
Safekeeping
|
|
|
IV.
Material
Challenges, Risks and Opportunities
A.
Interest
Rate Risk Management
.
Interest
rate risk is the exposure to adverse changes in net interest income due to
changes in interest rates. DNB considers interest rate risk a predominant risk
in terms of its potential impact on earnings. Interest rate risk can occur
for
any one or more of the following reasons: (a) assets and liabilities may mature
or re-price at different times; (b) short-term or long-term market rates may
change by different amounts; or (c) the remaining maturity of various assets
or
liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change.
The
principal objective of the Bank’s interest rate risk management is to evaluate
the interest rate risk included in certain on and off balance sheet accounts,
determine the level of risk appropriate given the Bank’s business strategy,
operating environment, capital and liquidity requirements and performance
objectives, and manage the risk consistent with approved guidelines. Through
such management, the Bank seeks to reduce the vulnerability of its operations
to
changes in interest rates. The Bank’s Asset Liability Committee (the “ALCO”) is
responsible for reviewing the Bank’s asset/liability policies and interest rate
risk position and making decisions involving asset liability considerations.
The
ALCO meets on a monthly basis and reports trends and the Bank’s interest rate
risk position to the Board of Directors. The extent of the movement of interest
rates is an uncertainty that could have a negative impact on the earnings of
the
Bank.
1.
Net
Interest Margin
DNB’s
net
interest margin is the ratio of net interest income to average interest-earning
assets. Unlike the interest rate spread, which measures the -difference between
the rates on earning assets and interest paying liabilities, the net interest
margin measures that spread plus the effect of net free funding sources. This
is
a more meaningful measure of profitability because a bank can have a narrow
spread but a high level of -equity and non-interest-bearing deposits, resulting
in a good net interest margin. One of the most critical challenges DNB faced
over the last several years was the impact of historically low interest rates
and a narrower spread between short-term rates and long-term rates as noted
in
the tables below.
|
|
December
31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
2001
|
|
Prime
|
|
|
8.25
|
%
|
|
7.25
|
%
|
|
5.25
|
%
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
|
4.75
|
%
|
Federal
Funds Sold (“FFS”)
|
|
|
5.25
|
%
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
|
2.25
|
%
|
|
1.00
|
%
|
|
1.25
|
%
|
|
1.75
|
%
|
6
month Treasury
|
|
|
5.08
|
%
|
|
4.25
|
%
|
|
2.56
|
%
|
|
1.00
|
%
|
|
1.21
|
%
|
|
1.80
|
%
|
|
|
|
Historical
Yield Spread
December 31,
|
|
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|
FFS
to 5 Year U.S. Treasury
|
-0.56%
|
0.10%
|
1.38%
|
2.25%
|
1.53%
|
|
FFS
to 10 Year U.S. Treasury
|
-0.55%
|
0.14%
|
1.99%
|
3.27%
|
2.58%
|
|
In
late
2003, management and the Board of Directors of DNB reviewed the declines in
DNB’s net interest margin and in that connection evaluated DNB’s funds
management practices to assess the quantity and quality of risk management
over
interest rate risk and liquidity risk. Based on the review, they determined
that
the decline in DNB’s net interest margin and the relatively high level of
interest rate risk resulted from a number of factors. Those factors included
the
following: slow loan growth; a dependency on investment portfolio income and
a
reliance on wholesale borrowings to fund investments; and high levels of cash
flow coming from mortgage related products during a historically low interest
rate environment. Management and the Board of Directors decided to take the
following actions to address the decline in net interest income: improve DNB’s
Strategic Plan and related controls to address the net income contribution
of
the loan portfolio; complete a review of DNB’s Liquidity Policy, as well as its
Asset/Liability Management Policy and revise them where necessary; restructure
the investment portfolio to mitigate risks of future prepayments; increase
monitoring and assessment of leverage strategies; make greater use of available
outside resources for -monitoring and managing interest rate risk and
asset/liability risks; evaluate asset/liability policies to determine that
risk
limits are appropriate; and provide for independent periodic evaluation of
information and methods used in asset/liability and interest rate risk
management.
The
items
mentioned above were critical factors in management’s decision to reposition a
portion of its investment portfolio to improve earnings. Since 2003, management
has focused its efforts on positioning the balance sheet for increased rates.
In
anticipation of higher rates, management attempted to shorten the duration
of
its investment portfolio and lengthen the maturity of its deposit
base
.
As
a
result, the size of the investment portfolio has decreased by $20.2 million
or
11.6% over the last three years. These funds have been used to pay-down FHLB
borrowings and to fund loan and lease growth. DNB’s investment portfolio was
29.4% of DNB’s balance sheet at December 31, 2006 compared to 31.0%, 38.5% and
42.6% at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 respectively.
The
table
below provides, for the periods indicated, information regarding: (i) DNB’s
average balance sheet; (ii) the total dollar amounts of interest income from
interest-earning assets and the resulting -average yields (tax-exempt yields
and
yields on agency preferred stock that have a 70% dividend received deduction
(“DRD”) have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis using a 34% tax rate);
(iii) the total dollar amounts of interest expense on interest-bearing
liabilities and the resulting average costs; (iv) net interest income; (v)
net
interest rate spread; and (vi) net interest margin. Average balances were
calculated based on daily balances. Non-accrual loan balances are included
in
total loans. Loan fees and costs are included in interest on total
loans.
Average
Balances, Rates, and Interest Income and Expense
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Yield/
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
Interest
|
|
Rate
|
|
Balance
|
|
Interest
|
|
Rate
|
|
Balance
|
|
Interest
|
|
Rate
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxable
|
|
$
|
109,027
|
|
$
|
4,699
|
|
|
4.31
|
%
|
$
|
128,238
|
|
$
|
5,063
|
|
|
3.95
|
%
|
$
|
150,179
|
|
$
|
4,949
|
|
|
3.30
|
%
|
Tax-exempt
|
|
|
31,989
|
|
|
1,924
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
|
28,380
|
|
|
1,664
|
|
|
5.86
|
|
|
24,422
|
|
|
1,529
|
|
|
6.26
|
|
Tax-preferred
DRD
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
2,199
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
10,991
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
3.29
|
|
Total
securities
|
|
|
141,016
|
|
|
6,623
|
|
|
4.70
|
|
|
158,817
|
|
|
6,804
|
|
|
4.28
|
|
|
185,592
|
|
|
6,840
|
|
|
3.69
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
13,853
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
2.51
|
|
|
13,085
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
1.66
|
|
|
4,812
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
Total
loans and leases
|
|
|
321,289
|
|
|
22,110
|
|
|
6.88
|
|
|
259,077
|
|
|
17,056
|
|
|
6.58
|
|
|
218,513
|
|
|
13,987
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
Total
interest-earning assets
|
|
|
476,158
|
|
|
29,080
|
|
|
6.11
|
|
|
430,979
|
|
|
24,078
|
|
|
5.59
|
|
|
408,917
|
|
|
20,891
|
|
|
5.11
|
|
Non-interest-earning
assets
|
|
|
17,297
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,965
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,837
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
493,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
447,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
424,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES
AND
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STOCKHOLDERS’
EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
deposits
|
|
$
|
211,647
|
|
$
|
4,257
|
|
|
2.01
|
%
|
$
|
193,205
|
|
$
|
2,438
|
|
|
1.26
|
%
|
$
|
183,283
|
|
$
|
1,141
|
|
|
0.62
|
%
|
Time
deposits
|
|
|
96,964
|
|
|
3,870
|
|
|
3.99
|
|
|
74,549
|
|
|
2,096
|
|
|
2.81
|
|
|
68,631
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
2.24
|
|
Total
interest-bearing
Deposits
|
|
|
308,611
|
|
|
8,127
|
|
|
2.63
|
|
|
267,754
|
|
|
4,534
|
|
|
1.69
|
|
|
251,914
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
|
1.06
|
|
Federal
funds purchased
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
5.38
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
3.44
|
|
|
858
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
1.42
|
|
Repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
38,920
|
|
|
1,535
|
|
|
3.94
|
|
|
30,549
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
2.69
|
|
|
11,926
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
1.22
|
|
FHLB
advances
|
|
|
50,843
|
|
|
2,852
|
|
|
5.61
|
|
|
59,506
|
|
|
3,278
|
|
|
5.51
|
|
|
77,376
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
|
4.69
|
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
9,974
|
|
|
811
|
|
|
8.13
|
|
|
8,990
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
7.32
|
|
|
5,870
|
|
|
375
|
|
|
6.38
|
|
Total
interest-bearing
Liabilities
|
|
|
409,147
|
|
|
13,368
|
|
|
3.27
|
|
|
367,423
|
|
|
9,313
|
|
|
2.53
|
|
|
347,944
|
|
|
6,833
|
|
|
1.96
|
|
Demand
deposits
|
|
|
50,595
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,863
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
3,241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’
equity
|
|
|
30,472
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,710
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
liabilities and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stockholders’
equity
|
|
$
|
493,455
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
447,944
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
424,754
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,058
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
rate spread
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.84
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.05
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.15
|
%
|
Net
interest margin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.30
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.43
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.44
|
%
|
Although
DNB believes that the non-GAAP financial measures included in the Average
Balance table above enhance investor’s understanding of DNB’s business and
performance, and DNB management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in
evaluating DNB’s performance, these non-GAAP financial measures should not be
considered an alternative to GAAP. The reconciliation of these non-GAAP
financial measures to GAAP is presented below.
|
|
Reconciliation
of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/Rate
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/Rate
|
|
Interest
|
|
Yield/Rate
|
|
Securities
- tax-exempt
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,273
|
|
|
3.98
|
%
|
$
|
1,101
|
|
|
3.88
|
%
|
$
|
1,009
|
|
|
4.13
|
%
|
Tax
equivalent adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
- tax equivalent yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,924
|
|
|
6.01
|
|
|
1,664
|
|
|
5.86
|
|
|
1,529
|
|
|
6.26
|
|
Securities
- tax-preferred DRD
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
2.57
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
2.42
|
|
Tax
equivalent adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
- tax equivalent yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
3.50
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
3.29
|
|
Loans
and leases
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,930
|
|
|
6.83
|
|
|
16,988
|
|
|
6.56
|
|
|
13,945
|
|
|
6.38
|
|
Tax
equivalent adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
and leases - tax equivalent yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,110
|
|
|
6.88
|
|
|
17,056
|
|
|
6.58
|
|
|
13,987
|
|
|
6.40
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,114
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,400
|
|
|
|
|
Tax
equivalent adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest income tax equivalent
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,712
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,765
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,058
|
|
|
|
|
Net
interest rate spread, no tax adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.81
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2.90
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
2.98
|
%
|
Net
interest margin, no tax adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.13
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
3.27
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
3.28
|
%
|
2.
Rate
/ Volume Analysis
During
2006, net interest income increased $947,000 or 6.4% on a tax equivalent basis,
to $15.7 million, from $14.8 million in 2005
.
As
shown
in the Rate/Volume Analysis below, $2.4 million was attributable to volume
changes mostly attributable to loan and lease growth, which accounted for $4.3
million, offset by $688,000 related to investment portfolio run-off. The average
balance on loans and leases were $321.3 million in 2006 compared to $259.1
million in 2005, representing an increase of $62.2 million, or 24.0%,
year-over-year.
The
$2.4
million increase to net interest income was offset by a $1.5 million decrease
related to rate changes. As in 2005, the rates on DNB’s interest-bearing
liabilities increased at a faster pace than the rates on DNB’s interest-earning
assets, which had a negative impact on interest income.
The
tax
equivalent yield on loans and leases increased to 6.88% for
2006
compared to 6.58% for
2005.
The
cost
of interest-bearing deposits increased to 2.63% for 2006 compared to 1.69%
for
2005.
DNB’s
composite cost of funds increased to 3.27% in 2006 compared to 2.53% in
2005.
During
2005, net interest income increased $707,000 or 5.0% on a tax equivalent basis,
to $14.8 million, from $14.1 million in 2004. As shown in the Rate/Volume
Analysis below, $1.8 million was attributable to volume changes mostly
attributable to loan and lease growth, which accounted for $2.7 million, offset
by $942,000 related to investment portfolio run-off. The average balance on
loans and leases were $259.1 million in 2005 compared to $218.5 million in
2004,
representing an increase of $40.6 million, or 18.6%, year-over-year. The $1.8
million increase to net interest income was offset by a $1.1 million decrease
related to rate changes. Basically, the rates on DNB’s interest-bearing
liabilities increased at a faster pace than the rates on DNB’s interest-earning
assets, which had a negative impact on interest income and was mostly
attributable to DNB’s deposit base. The tax equivalent yield on loans and leases
increased to 6.58% for 2005 compared to 6.40% for 2004. The cost of
interest-bearing deposits increased to 1.69% for 2005 compared to 1.06% for
2004. DNB’s composite cost of funds increased to 2.53% in 2005 compared to 1.96%
in 2004.
The
following tables set forth, among other things, the extent to which changes
in
interest rates and changes in the average balances of interest-earning assets
and interest-bearing liabilities have affected interest income and expense
for
the periods noted (tax-exempt yields and yields on agency-preferred stock that
have a 70% dividend received deduction have been adjusted to a tax equivalent
basis using a 34% tax rate). For each category of interest-earning assets and
interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided with respect to changes
attributable to (i) changes in rate (change in rate multiplied by old volume)
and (ii) changes in volume (change in volume multiplied by new rate). The net
change attributable to the combined impact of rate and volume has been allocated
proportionately to the change due to rate and the change due to volume.
Rate
/ Volume Analysis
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
Versus 2005
|
|
2005
Versus 2004
|
|
|
|
Change
Due To
|
|
Change
Due To
|
|
|
|
Rate
|
|
Volume
|
|
Total
|
|
Rate
|
|
Volume
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest-earning
assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
and leases
|
|
$
|
772
|
|
$
|
4,281
|
|
$
|
5,053
|
|
$
|
399
|
|
$
|
2,671
|
|
$
|
3,070
|
|
Investment
securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxable
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
(828
|
)
|
|
(364
|
)
|
|
979
|
|
|
(866
|
)
|
|
113
|
|
Tax-exempt
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
232
|
|
|
136
|
|
Tax-preferred
DRD
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
(77
|
)
|
|
23
|
|
|
(308
|
)
|
|
(285
|
)
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
154
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1,390
|
|
|
3,612
|
|
|
5,002
|
|
|
1,321
|
|
|
1,867
|
|
|
3,188
|
|
Interest-bearing
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Savings
deposits
|
|
|
1,447
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
1,818
|
|
|
1,173
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
1,298
|
|
Time
deposits
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
895
|
|
|
1,774
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
(561
|
)
|
Federal
funds purchased
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
9
|
|
Repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
384
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
676
|
|
FHLB
advances
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
(486
|
)
|
|
(425
|
)
|
|
637
|
|
|
(984
|
)
|
|
(347
|
)
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
284
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,855
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
4,055
|
|
|
2,452
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
2,481
|
)
|
Net
interest income
|
|
$
|
(1,465
|
)
|
$
|
2,412
|
|
$
|
947
|
|
$
|
(1,131
|
)
|
$
|
1,839
|
|
$
|
707
|
|
The
tax-equivalent adjustments included in the Rate / Volume Analysis above are
presented in the table “Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” on page
25.
3.
Interest
Rate Sensitivity Analysis
The
largest component of DNB’s total income is net interest income, and the majority
of DNB’s financial instruments are comprised of interest rate-sensitive assets
and liabilities with various terms and maturities. The primary objective of
management is to maximize net interest income while minimizing interest rate
risk. Interest rate risk is derived from timing differences in the re-pricing
of
assets and liabilities, loan prepayments, deposit withdrawals, and differences
in lending and funding rates. The Asset/Liability Committee (“ALCO”) actively
seeks to monitor and control the mix of in-terest rate-sensitive assets and
interest rate-sensitive -liabilities.
ALCO
continually evaluates interest rate risk management opportunities, including
the
use of derivative financial instruments. Management believes that hedging
instruments currently available are not cost-effective, and therefore, has
focused its efforts on increasing DNB’s spread by attracting lower-costing
retail deposits and in some instances, borrowing from the FHLB of
Pittsburgh.
DNB
reports its callable agency, callable corporate notes and callable municipal
investments
($43.4
million at December 31, 2006) and callable FHLB advances ($40 million at
December 31, 2006) at their
Option
Adjusted Spread (“OAS”) modified duration date, as opposed to the call or
maturity date. In management’s opinion, using modified duration dates on
callable securities and advances provides a better estimate of the option
exercise date under any interest rate environment. The OAS methodology is an
approach whereby the likelihood of option exercise takes into account the coupon
on the security, the distance to the call date, the maturity date and current
interest rate volatility. In addition, prepayment assumptions derived from
historical data have been applied to mortgage-related securities, which are
included in investments.
B.
Liquidity
and Market Risk Management
Liquidity
is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations. The Bank
further defines liquidity as the ability to respond to deposit outflows as
well
as maintain flexibility to take advantage of lending and investment
opportunities. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are operating earnings,
deposits, principal and interest payments on loans, proceeds from loan sales,
sales and maturities of mortgage-backed and investment securities, and FHLB
advances. The Bank uses the funds generated to support its lending and
investment activities as well as any other demands for liquidity such as deposit
outflows. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities
are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows, mortgage prepayments, loan
and
security sales and the exercise of call features are greatly influenced by
general interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
The
objective of DNB’s asset/liability management function is to maintain consistent
growth in net interest income within DNB’s policy limits. This objective is
accomplished through the management of liquidity and interest rate risk, as
well
as customer offerings of various loan and deposit products. DNB maintains
adequate liquidity to meet daily funding requirements, anticipated deposit
withdrawals, or asset opportunities in a timely manner. Liquidity is also
necessary to meet obligations during unusual, extraordinary or adverse operating
circumstances, while avoiding a significant loss or cost. DNB’s foundation for
liquidity is a stable deposit base as well as a marketable investment portfolio
that provides cash flow through regular maturities or that can be used for
collateral to secure funding in an emergency. As part of its liquidity
management, DNB maintains assets, which comprise its primary liquidity (Federal
funds sold, investments and interest-bearing cash balances, less pledged
securities.
C.
Credit
Risk Management
DNB
defines credit risk as the risk of default by a customer or counter-party.
The
objective of DNB’s credit risk management strategy is to quantify and manage
credit risk on an aggregate portfolio basis as well as to limit the risk of
loss
resulting from an individual customer default. Credit risk is managed through
a
combination of underwriting, documentation and collection standards. DNB’s
credit risk management strategy calls for regular credit examinations and
quarterly management reviews of large credit exposures and credits experiencing
credit quality deterioration. DNB’s loan review procedures provide objective
assessments of the quality of underwriting, documentation, risk grading and
charge-off procedures, as well as an assessment of the allowance for credit
loss
reserve analysis process.
D.
Management
of Others Risks
As
a
financial institution, DNB’s earnings are significantly affected by general
business and economic conditions. These conditions include short-term and
long-term interest rates, inflation, monetary supply, fluctuations in both
debt
and equity capital markets, and the strength of the United States economy and
local economics in which we operate. For example, an economic downturn, increase
in unemployment, or other events that negatively impact household and/or
corporate incomes could decrease the demand for DNB’s loan and non-loan products
and services and increase the number of customers who fail to pay interest
or
principal on their loans. Geopolitical conditions can also affect DNB’s
earnings. Acts or threats of terrorism, actions taken by the United States
or
other governments in response to acts or threats of terrorism and our military
conflicts including the aftermath of the war with Iraq, could impact business
conditions in the United States.
E.
Competition
In
addition to the challenges related to the interest rate environment, community
banks in Chester County have been experiencing increased competition from large
regional and international banks entering DNB’s marketplace through
mergers
and acquisitions. Competition for loans and deposits has negatively affected
DNB’s net interest margin. To compensate for the increased competition, DNB,
along with other area community banks, has aggressively sought and marketed
customers who have been disenfranchised by these mergers. To attract these
customers, DNB has introduced new deposit products, such as the Partnership
banking program, the “Platinum” account, the Executive and employee package as
well as the Business package. In addition, DNB has introduced Market Managers
and Personal Bankers to serve the special banking needs of its clients.
F.
Bank
Secrecy Act/OFAC/Patriot Act Implementation
Management
of the Bank had previously determined that its BSA compliance program needed
to
be improved to a level commensurate with BSA, OFAC and Patriot Act related
risks
to which the Bank is exposed. An action plan was developed to strengthen the
Bank’s compliance with the goal of completing it by the end of the third quarter
of 2006. The action plan includes assessing the Bank’s customer base for
high-risk activity, and expanding and augmenting policies and procedures to
establish protocols with respect to identification, evaluation and compliance
responses to certain types of potentially high-risk individuals. Additionally,
the Bank has strengthened training and now further involves its front-line
personnel in this process.
The
Bank’s management has increased the frequency with which it reports BSA
compliance program activity to its board of directors and continues to focus
its
board of directors more frequently and more thoroughly on BSA compliance program
requirements, including the identification of high-risk customers and the
processes the Bank uses to evaluate and monitor them. The Bank has and will
continue to formalize, structure and document compliance in a more disciplined
way, including more stringent policies and formal periodic review. The Bank
has
taken a more aggressive posture in identifying customers and transactions that
are potentially subject to the filing of Suspicious Activity Reports (“SARs”)
and in appropriate cases expects to file SARs.
The
Bank
has and will continue to improve its management information systems to improve
identification, evaluation and reporting of certain types of high risk or
suspicious transactions and activities. The Bank will be augmenting its BSA
compliance staff. Management has and will continue to strengthen its day-to-day
audit processes to more effectively validate and test the Bank’s BSA compliance
program procedures and records. The planned improvements to the BSA compliance
program were substantially completed in 2006. Management will continue to
address the Bank’s BSA compliance needs, in order to establish the Bank as an
institution that will not pose a target to those who would use the U.S.
financial system to further criminal or terroristic ends.
V.
Material
Trends and Uncertainties
The
industry is experiencing an on-going and widespread trend of consolidation
in
response to shrinking margins, as well as competitive and economic challenges.
In an effort to broaden market share by capitalizing on operational
efficiencies, larger institutions have been acquiring smaller regional and
community banks and thrifts. Chester County has witnessed many recent mergers
due to attractive demographics, commercial expansion and other growth
indicators. As a result of these factors, the operating environment is very
competitive as Chester County hosts over 45 banks, thrifts and credit unions.
In
addition, brokerage firms, mutual fund companies and boutique investment firms
are prevalent, given the county’s attractive demographics. This intense
competition continually puts pressures on DNB’s margins and operating results as
competitors offer a full range of loan, deposit and investment products and
services. In addition, many of these competitors are much larger than DNB and
consistently outspend the Bank in marketing to attract new customers and buy
market share. DNB anticipates these pressures will continue to adversely affect
operating results.
VI.
Recent
Developments
There
are
at least three widely acknowledged areas of near-term concern that could pose
risks to the local and national economies going forward: a spike in energy
prices, a decline in home prices, and a retrenchment in consumer spending
arising from record consumer indebtedness. The consequences that any of these
developments might have for economic growth could range from modest to severe,
depending on how events transpire over the next few years.
Energy
Prices
.
With
time the economy should be able to adjust to higher energy prices, but in the
short run, any supply-disrupting events, including labor strikes, severe
weather, or terrorism, may cause energy prices to jump. By varying degrees,
these spikes would be likely to weigh on overall economic growth while adding
volatility to the outlook. Moreover, this risk is likely to continue for several
more years, given the long lags required to add new energy production capacity
and expectations for continued global growth in energy demand.
Home
Prices
.
The
risk of a housing slowdown is another area of concern going forward. The recent
housing boom has been unprecedented in modern U.S. history. It has been
suggested by many analysts that the housing boom has been a significant
contributor to gains in consumer spending in recent years. Because consumer
spending accounts for over two-thirds of U.S. economic activity, any shock
to
consumer spending, such as that which might be caused by a housing slowdown,
is
a concern to overall economic growth.
Consumer
Spending
.
A
large, long-term increase in consumer indebtedness has raised concerns that
the
next U.S. recession could originate in the household sector. The housing boom
of
recent years has resulted in a surge in new consumer debt, most of it in the
form of mortgages. Consumers have gradually become more indebted over time
- so
much so that they are now spending more in aggregate than they earn. Home prices
will not boom forever. Even a moderation in home-price growth would reduce
the
amount of new home equity added to the economy each year. This slower
accumulation of wealth, coupled with rising interest rates that increase the
cost of tapping that wealth, could soon begin to curtail the pace of U.S.
consumer spending growth. Just as there has been a positive wealth effect from
soaring home prices in recent years, the concern is that an end to the housing
boom could result in a slowdown in consumer spending growth.
B.
Regulatory
Developments
As
a
national bank and a publicly traded corporation, DNB has a wide-range of
regulatory supervision. Over the past few years the regulatory environment
has
significantly changed, as bank regulators act to monitor economic pressures
while the Federal government acts to monitor corporate activities. Bank
regulators have increased their scrutiny of asset/liability management,
underwriting and capital policies, while Federal regulators have increased
their
scrutiny on employee compensation arrangements, stock activity, and insider
transactions. To help monitor insider transactions and other areas of concern,
Congress enacted the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which requires members of
the
Board of Directors to be more knowledgeable and involved with the Bank, imposes
more stringent corporate governance standards on publicly held companies, and
prompts more transparent disclosure to investors. Fundamentally, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires more ownership of, and accountability for,
financial -information by the Board and oversight committees. It also
requires increased documentation reporting and review by management in all
areas
of the Bank and the Corporation.
C.
Accounting
Developments Affecting DNB
On
January 1, 2006, DNB adopted SFAS 123R using the modified prospective
transition method. SFAS 123R revised 2004 (SFAS 123R), “Share-Based Payment”
which replaced Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS
123), “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and superseded APB Opinion
No. 25 (APB 25), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and amended
FASB Statement No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.’’ Under this transition
method, compensation cost to be recognized beginning in the first quarter of
2006 would include: (a) compensation cost for the portion of share-based
payment awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006,
based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original
provisions of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payment
awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair
value estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Results for
prior periods were not impacted due to DNB’s stock options that were previously
granted vested immediately. No new options were granted in 2006, therefore
DNB
did not recognize any compensation cost related to options for 2006. As further
discussed in Note 1 on page 52, the estimated impact that the fair value
method would have had on DNB’s net income and net income per share if SFAS 123R
had been in effect during 2005 was a reduction of $572,000 or $0.25 per share
and during 2004 was a reduction of $344,000 or $0.16 per share.
In
March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of
Financial Assets”. SFAS 156 amends SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers
and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” SFAS 156
permits, but does not require, an entity to choose either the amortization
method or the fair value measurement method for measuring each class of
separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156
is
effective for DNB on January 1, 2007 and is not expected to have a material
impact on DNB’s consolidated financial statements.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. The
statement defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. The statement also establishes a framework
for measuring fair value by creating a three-level fair value hierarchy that
ranks the quality and reliability of information used to determine fair value,
and requires new disclosures of assets and liabilities measured at fair value
based on their level in the hierarchy. The Statement is effective for DNB on
January 1, 2008. DNB has not yet determined if the adoption of this statement
to
have a material impact on its financial position or results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plan” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires
an employer to recognize on their balance sheet the funded status of its defined
pension plans and other post-retirement plans as of December 31, 2006. An
under-funded position would create a liability and an over-funded position
would
create an asset, with a correlating deferred tax asset or liability. The net
impact would be an adjustment to equity as accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss.) Employers must also recognize as a component of other
comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, the actuarial gains and losses and
the
prior service costs and credits that arise during the period. DNB adopted the
recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006. The
effect of adopting SFAS 158 on DNB’s financial condition at December 31, 2006
has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements.
In
February 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS
No.
159,
The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS
159).
SFAS
159
permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and amends SFAS 115 to, among other things, require
certain disclosures for amounts for which the fair value option is applied.
Additionally, this Statement provides that an entity may reclassify
held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities to the trading account when
the fair value option is elected for such securities, without calling into
question the intent to hold other securities to maturity in the future. This
Statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that
begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning
of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity
also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS 157. DNB has not completed its
assessment of SFAS 159 and the impact, if any, on the consolidated financial
statements.
In
July
2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
“Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48)
.
This interpretation of SFAS No. 109 prescribes a recognition threshold and
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement
of
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This
interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. The interpretation is effective for fiscal
years
beginning after December 15, 2006. DNB has reserves related to certain of
its tax positions, which would be subject to analysis under FIN 48. DNB
will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required. The cumulative effect
of
adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings. DNB has not yet
determined whether the adoption of FIN 48 will have a significant impact on
DNB’s consolidated financial statements.
In
September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). This
guidance was issued to resolve diversity in current practice among registrants.
The bulletin establishes that registrants must quantify the impact of correcting
all misstatements on the financial statements by using both the rollover and
iron curtain approaches to evaluate the errors. The rollover approach quantifies
the misstatement based on the amount of the error originating in the current
year income statement and the iron curtain approach quantifies a misstatement
based on the amount of the error existing in the balance sheet at the end of
the
fiscal year. The bulletin contains guidance on correcting errors under the
dual
approach and transition guidance. SAB 108 is effective for the Company’s
December 31, 2006 annual financial statements. The adoption of SAB 108 did
not
have a material impact on DNB’s financial position or results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 06-4, Accounting
for
Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. EITF 06-4 concludes that for a
split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an
employer should recognize a liability for future benefits in accordance with
SFAS 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exits) or APB Opinion
No. 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred
compensation contract) based on the substantive agreement with the employee.
The
consensus is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007.
This EITF is applicable to the Replacement Plan referenced in Note 14 on page
68. DNB is currently evaluating the effect that EITF No. 06-4 will have on
its financial statements when implemented.
In
September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 06-5, Accounting
for
Purchases of Life Insurance-Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in
Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4. This consensus concludes
that a policyholder should consider any additional amounts included in the
contractual terms of the insurance policy other than the cash surrender value
in
determining the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract.
A
consensus also was reached that a policyholder should determine the amount
that
could be realized under the life insurance contract assuming the surrender
of an
individual-life by individual-life policy (or certificate by certificate in
a
group policy). The consensuses are effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2006. This EITF is applicable to the BOLI already recognized
in DNB’s statement of condition. DNB is currently evaluating the effect that
EITF No. 06-5 will have on its financial statements when
implemented.
D.
Internal
Developments Affecting DNB
1.
Changes
in Key Management Positions
On
November, 17, 2006, Thomas M. Miller, the Chief Lending Officer of DNB resigned
as Chief Lending Officer and the DNB board of directors approved the appointment
of Albert J. Melfi, Jr., age 54, as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending
Officer of DNB and the Bank.
On
December 26, 2006, Gerald F. Sopp, accepted appointment as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer of the registrant, DNB Financial
Corporation (“DNB”). Mr. Sopp’s appointment and his employment with DNB were
effective January 2, 2007.
In
addition to these important changes, management is in the process of expanding
its lending and support staff to facilitate loan growth as part of its balance
sheet restructuring plan. DNB believes that these changes will be integral
to
achieving its long-term strategic goals.
2.
DNB’s
Retail Bank
In
order
to support the Bank’s five-year strategic plan, which calls for strong growth in
deposits, loans and fee income, a new position was created in each branch,
a
Personal Banker. A majority of DNB’s Personal Bankers are licensed in life and
health insurance. Some are also Series 6 and 63 securities license holders.
With
these licenses and the knowledge that goes with them, these staff members are
better equipped to discuss the broad range of their clients’ needs and can
provide them more tailored financial solutions. On April 26, 2006 the Bank
signed an agreement to lease a parcel of land in Chadds Ford township, Delaware
County, Pennsylvania, for the purpose of developing the premises to accommodate
a future branch. The Bank expects to begin operations of the new branch in
May
of 2007.
VII.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The
following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have
been
prepared in accordance with accounting principals generally accepted in the
United States of America. Generally accepted accounting principles are complex
and require management to apply significant judgment to various accounting,
reporting and disclosure matters. Management must use assumptions and estimates
to apply these principles where actual measurement is not possible or practical.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions
or
conditions.
In
management’s opinion, the most critical accounting policies and estimates
impacting DNB’s consolidated financial statements are listed below. These
policies are critical because they are highly dependent upon subjective or
complex judgments, assumptions and estimates. Changes in such estimates may
have
a significant impact on the financial statements. For a complete discussion
of DNB’s significant accounting policies, see the footnotes to the Consolidated
Financial Statements and discussion throughout this financial review
document.
1.
Determination
of the allowance for credit losses
.
Credit
loss allowance policies involve significant judgments and assumptions by
management which may have a material impact on the carrying value of net loans
and, potentially, on the net income recognized by DNB from period to period.
The
allowance for credit losses is based on management’s ongoing evaluation of the
loan and lease portfolio and reflects an amount considered by management to
be
its best estimate of the amount necessary to absorb known and inherent losses
in
the portfolio. Management considers a variety of factors when establishing
the
allowance, such as the impact of current economic conditions, diversification
of
the portfolios, delinquency statistics, results of loan review and related
classifications, and historic loss rates. In addition, certain individual loans
which management has identified as problematic are specifically provided for,
based upon an evaluation of the borrower’s perceived ability to pay, the
estimated adequacy of the underlying collateral and other relevant factors.
In
addition, regulatory authorities, as an integral part of their examinations,
periodically review the allowance for credit losses. They may require additions
to the allowance based upon their judgments about information available to
them
at the time of examination. Although provisions have been established and
segmented by type of loan, based upon management’s assessment of their differing
inherent loss characteristics, the entire allowance for credit losses is
available to absorb further losses in any category.
Management
uses significant estimates to determine the allowance for credit losses. Because
the allowance for credit losses is dependent, to a great extent, on conditions
that may be beyond DNB’s control, management’s estimate of the amount necessary
to absorb allowance for credit losses and actual credit losses could differ.
DNB’s current judgment is that the valuation of the allowance for credit losses
remains appropriate at December 31, 2006.
2.
Realization
of deferred income tax items
.
Estimates of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities make up the asset
category titled “net deferred taxes”. These estimates involve significant
judgments and assumptions by management, which may have a material impact on
the
carrying value of net deferred tax assets for financial reporting purposes.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax
basis, as well as operating loss carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of
a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date. A valuation allowance would be established against deferred
tax
assets when in the judgment of management, it is more likely than not that
such
deferred tax assets will not become available. For a more detailed description
of these items, refer to Footnote 11 (Federal Income Taxes) to DNB’s audited
consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
3.
Other-than
temporary impairment of investment securities
.
FASB
Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities states, in part: for individual securities classified as either
available-for-sale or held-to-maturity, an enterprise shall determine whether
a
decline in fair value below the amortized cost basis is other than temporary.
For example, if it is probable that the investor will be unable to collect
all
amounts due according to the contractual terms of a debt security not impaired
at acquisition, an other-than-temporary impairment shall be considered to have
occurred. If the decline in fair value is judged to be other than temporary,
the
cost basis of the individual security shall be written down to fair value as
a
new cost basis and the amount of the write-down shall be included in earnings
(that is, accounted for as a realized loss). While FASB Statement No. 115 uses
a
debt security as an example, similar considerations exist for investments in
marketable equity securities. Accordingly, judgment is required in determining
whether factors exist that indicate that an impairment loss has been incurred
at
the end of the reporting period. These judgments are based on subjective as
well
as objective factors, including knowledge and experience about past and current
events and assumptions about future events. The following are examples of such
factors.
•
|
Fair
value is significantly below cost and the decline is attributable
to
adverse conditions specifically related to the security or to specific
conditions in an industry or in a geographic area, the decline has
existed
for an extended period of time or Management does not possess both
the
intent and the ability to hold the security for a period of time
sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair
value.
|
|
•
|
The
security has been downgraded by a rating
agency.
|
|
•
|
The
financial condition of the issuer has
deteriorated.
|
|
•
|
Dividends
have been reduced or eliminated, or scheduled interest payments have
not
been made.
|
|
•
|
The
entity recorded losses from the security subsequent to the end of
the
reporting period.
|
VIII.
2006
Financial Results
A.
Liquidity
Management
maintains liquidity to meet depositors’ needs for funds, to satisfy or fund loan
commitments, and for other operating purposes. DNB’s foundation for liquidity is
a stable and loyal customer deposit base, cash and cash equivalents, and a
marketable investment portfolio that provides periodic cash flow through regular
maturities and amortization, or that can be used as collateral to secure
funding. Primary liquidity includes investments, Federal funds sold, and
interest-bearing cash balances, less pledged securities. DNB also anticipates
scheduled payments and prepayments on its loan and mortgage-backed securities
portfolios. In addition, DNB maintains borrowing arrangements with various
correspondent banks, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh and the Federal
Reserve Bank of Philadelphia to meet short-term liquidity needs. Through these
relationships, DNB has available credit of approximately $127.0 million.
Management believes that DNB has adequate resources to meet its short-term
and
long-term funding requirements.
As
of
December 31, 2006, deposits totaled $381.0 million, up $41.4 million from $339.6
million at December 31, 2005
.
There
were approximately $103.0 million in certificates of deposit scheduled to mature
during the next twelve months.
At
December 31, 2006, DNB had $62.1 million in un-funded loan
commitments.
In
addition, there were $7.6 million in un-funded letters of credit.
Management
anticipates the majority of these commitments will be funded by means of normal
cash flows.
The
following table sets forth the composition of DNB’s deposits at the dates
indicated.
Deposits
By Major Classification
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
Non-interest-bearing
deposits
|
|
$
|
50,852
|
|
$
|
51,407
|
|
$
|
53,402
|
|
$
|
52,788
|
|
$
|
45,117
|
|
Interest-bearing
deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW
|
|
|
82,579
|
|
|
78,664
|
|
|
79,527
|
|
|
67,158
|
|
|
50,400
|
|
Money
market
|
|
|
66,352
|
|
|
45,390
|
|
|
42,199
|
|
|
55,412
|
|
|
59,457
|
|
Savings
|
|
|
54,956
|
|
|
77,216
|
|
|
77,897
|
|
|
46,630
|
|
|
39,569
|
|
Certificates
|
|
|
108,970
|
|
|
70,621
|
|
|
53,558
|
|
|
52,611
|
|
|
74,560
|
|
IRA
|
|
|
17,318
|
|
|
16,329
|
|
|
16,561
|
|
|
17,837
|
|
|
18,699
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
$
|
381,027
|
|
$
|
339,627
|
|
$
|
323,144
|
|
$
|
292,436
|
|
$
|
287,802
|
|
B.
Capital
Resources and Adequacy
Stockholders’
equity was $31.4 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $30.2 million at
December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily the result of net income and
other
comprehensive income offset by cash dividends paid.
Management
believes that the Corporation and the Bank have each met the definition of
“well
capitalized” for regulatory purposes on December 31, 2006. The Bank’s capital
category is determined for the purposes of applying the bank regulators’ “prompt
corrective action” regulations and for determining levels of deposit insurance
assessments and may not constitute an accurate representation of the
Corporation’s or the Bank’s overall financial condition or prospects. The
Corporation’s capital exceeds the FRB’s minimum lever-age ratio requirements for
bank holding companies (see additional discussion in Regulatory Matters -
Footnote 17 to DNB’s consolidated financial statements).
Under
federal banking laws and regulations, DNB and the Bank are required to maintain
minimum capital as determined by certain regulatory ratios. Capital adequacy
for
regulatory purposes, and the capital category assigned to an institution by
its
regulators, may be determinative of an institution’s overall financial
condition.
In
addition, the Federal Reserve Bank (the “FRB”) leverage ratio rules require bank
holding companies to maintain a minimum level of “primary capital” to total
assets of 5.5% and a minimum level of “total capital” to total assets of 6%. For
this purpose, (i) “primary capital” includes, among other items, common stock,
certain perpetual debt instruments such as eligible Trust Preferred Securities,
contingency and other capital reserves, and the allowance for credit losses,
(ii) “total capital” includes, among other things, certain subordinated debt,
and “total assets” is increased by the allowance for credit losses. DNB’s
primary capital ratio and its total capital ratio are both 8.3%. Based on the
foregoing, as of December 31, 2006, both DNB and the Bank would be deemed to
be
“well capitalized” for regulatory purposes.
C.
Results
of Operations
1.
Summary
of Performance
(a)
Summary
of Results
For
the
year ended December 31, 2006, DNB reported net income for the 2006 full year
of
$1.7 million versus $2.1 million for 2005. Per share earnings on a fully diluted
basis were $0.69 down from $0.96 for the prior year.
While
loans and deposits and net interest income grew in 2006, DNB’s earnings were
impacted by the general economic conditions challenging all commercial banking
institutions - the inverted yield curve and increased pricing competition on
loans and deposits. In addition, earnings were further depressed by a $2.1
million increase in non interest expense to $16.5 million. This increase was
due
almost entirely to strategic moves designed to increase future revenue and
improve profitability:
·
|
The
addition of experienced revenue producing personnel in the lending
and
retail divisions.
|
·
|
Increased
consulting expenses in connection with the efficiency project announced
in
the second quarter.
|
·
|
The
cost of new offices in Newtown Square and West Chester.
|
·
|
Costs
related to the opening of a new office in Chadds Ford in 2007.
|
DNB
has
focused on building franchise value in 2006 by investing in strategies that
will
improve earnings and increase market share in the future. DNB has grown deposits
in spite of a difficult environment and with an experienced lending staff in
place we’ll continue to see steady loan growth. The efficiencies initiated in
2006 will be fully realized in 2007 resulting in lower costs and greater
productivity, positioning DNB well for improved earnings in 2007 and
beyond.
(b)
Significant
Events, Transactions and Economic Changes Affecting
Results
Despite
a
great many challenges in 2006, DNB made tremendous strides in positioning itself
for future growth and profitability. Some of the accomplishments include the
following:
·
|
A
company-wide initiative to improve efficiency and enhance the customer’s
experience. Brintech, Inc., a nationally recognized bank-consulting
firm
was hired to assist in this study. As a result of this initiative,
DNB
developed ways to more effectively utilize technology, streamline
processes and procedures, and maximize the effectiveness of all employees.
Fourteen full-time positions were eliminated, saving approximately
$575,000 in salaries and benefits, with a majority of the staff reductions
coming through attrition.
|
·
|
A
realignment of the organization to provide a keen focus on customer
relationships and operational excellence. The Chairman and CEO assumed
direct responsibility for managing all customer contact staff and
the
President and COO was made responsible for managing all operational
areas
as well as assuming responsibilities of the Chief Credit Officer.
This
division of responsibilities will provide the appropriate level of
management attention to truly differentiate DNB from its
competitors.
|
·
|
A
new merchandising program was implemented , throughout DNB’s branch
network, with the objective of strengthening the customers’ perception of
the DNB First brand, increase sales, improve customer awareness of
the
many products and services DNB offers, provide an interesting and
professional sales environment and a clear and consistent message
supporting its brand. DNB has received positive feedback on this
program
from its customers and staff.
|
(c)
Trends
and Uncertainties
Since
June 2004, the federal funds rate target has been raised 16 times, by a total
of
400 basis points. However, in part because of continued strong demand for U.S.
Treasury and agency debt by foreign investors, long-term U.S. interest rates
have been slower to rise. The result has been a significant flattening of the
Treasury yield curve, to the point where it has actually become inverted. The
average spread between 10-year U.S. Treasury yields and the federal funds rate
has declined from 3.72% as recently as May 2004 to
-0.58%
in
December 2006.
The
inverted yield curve, along with heightened competition for loans and deposits,
has put downward pressure on the average net interest margin of most financial
institutions. DNB’s profitability depends largely on our net interest margin.
Continued downward pressure could have a significant impact on the future
earnings of DNB.
(d)
Material
Changes in Results
Please
refer to the discussion above in the section titled “Significant Events,
Transactions and Economic Changes Affecting Results”.
(e)
Effect
of Inflation and Changing Rates
For
detailed discussion of the effects of inflation and changes in rates on DNB’s
results, refer to the discussion below on Net Interest Income.
2.
Net
Interest Income
DNB’s
earnings performance is primarily dependent upon its level of net interest
income, which is the excess of interest income over interest expense. Interest
income includes interest earned on loans and leases (net of interest reversals
on non-performing loans), investments and Federal funds sold, as well as net
loan fee amortization and dividend income. Interest expense includes the
interest cost for deposits, FHLB advances, repurchase agreements, corporate
debentures, Federal funds purchased and other borrowings.
2006
Results Compared to 2005 Results
In
2006,
DNB continued its progress to reposition its balance sheet as net interest
income increased year-over-year by $767,000 to $14.9 million. This increase
was
primarily due to a higher volume of interest-earning assets with higher yields
offset by an increased cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities. The higher
volume of interest-earning assets was attributable to strong loan growth offset
by investment portfolio run-off. The higher yield on the interest-earning assets
as well as the increased cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities was
a
result of a rising interest rate environment as the Fed funds rate increased
by
100 basis points since December 2005. The Fed funds rate was 5.25% at December
31, 2006.
Interest
on loans and leases was $21.9 million for 2006 compared to $17.0 million for
2005. The average balance on loans and leases was $321.3 million with an average
yield of 6.88% compared to an average balance of $259.1 million with an average
yield of 6.58%. The increase in the average balance was the result of
implementing DNB’s strategic plan to aggressively grow the balance sheet through
loan originations, participations and purchases. This has been accomplished
with
the addition of key revenue producing personnel as well as by adding a loan
production office in Newtown Square. The increase in yield was the result of
the
rising interest rate environment mentioned above.
Interest
and dividends on investment securities was $6.0 and $6.2 million for 2006 and
2005, respectively. The average balance on investment securities was $141.0
million with an average yield of 4.70% in 2006 compared to $158.8 million with
an average yield of 4.28% in 2005. The decrease in balance was the result of
investment portfolio run-off, which was part of DNB’s strategic plan. The
increase in yield was the result of DNB taking advantage of the interest rate
environment to restructure a significant portion of its investment securities
portfolio. In March 2005, DNB sold $73.3 million of structured securities,
government agency preferred stock, longer-term municipal securities, as well
as
corporate securities. The majority of the proceeds received on the sale of
these
investments were re-invested into higher yielding agency mortgage-backed
securities, agency bonds and municipal securities.
Interest
on deposits was $8.1 million for 2006 compared to $4.5 million for 2005. The
average balance of interest-bearing deposits was $308.6 million with an average
rate of 2.63% for 2006 compared to $267.8 million with an average rate of 1.69%
for 2005. The increase in average balance was primarily the result of aggressive
marketing of deposit relationships in an effort to fund loan growth. The
increase in rate was primarily the result of an increase in the cost of funds
resulting from the rising interest rate environment.
Interest
on FHLB advances was $2.9 million for 2006 compared to $3.3 million for 2005.
The average balance on FHLB advances was $50.8 million with an average rate
of
5.61% for 2006 compared to $59.5 million with an average rate of 5.51% for
2005.
The decrease in the average balance was the result of FHLB borrowings that
matured and were repaid. The increase in rate was the result of the FHLB
borrowings that matured and were repaid were lower cost borrowings.
Interest
on repurchase agreements was $1.5 million for 2006 compared to $821,000 for
2005. The average balance on repurchase agreements was $38.9 million with an
average rate of 3.94% for 2006 compared to $30.6 million with an average rate
of
2.69% for 2005. The increase in average balance was primarily the result of
aggressive marketing of customer relationships resulting in a need to fund
loan
growth. The increase in rate was primarily the result of an increase in the
cost
of funds resulting from the rising interest rate environment.
2005
Results Compared to 2004 Results
In
2005,
DNB continued its progress to reposition its balance sheet as net interest
income increased year-over-year by $714,000 to $14.1 million. This increase
was
primarily due to a higher volume of interest-earning assets with higher yields
offset by an increased cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities. The higher
volume of interest-earning assets was attributable to strong loan growth offset
by investment portfolio run-off. The higher yield on the interest-earning assets
as well as the increased cost of funds on interest-bearing liabilities was
a
result of a rising interest rate environment as the Fed funds rate increased
by
300 basis points since June 2004. The Fed funds rate was 4.25% at December
31,
2005.
Interest
on loans and leases was $17.0 million for 2005 compared to $13.9 million for
2004. The average balance on loans and leases was $259.1 million with an average
yield of 6.58% compared to an average balance of $218.5 million with an average
yield of 6.40%. The increase in the average balance was the result of
implementing DNB’s strategic plan to aggressively grow the balance sheet through
loan originations, participations and purchases. This has been accomplished
with
the addition of key revenue producing personnel as well as by adding a loan
production office in Newtown Square. The increase in yield was the result of
the
rising interest rate environment mentioned above.
Interest
and dividends on investment securities was $6.2 million for both 2005 and 2004.
The average balance on investment securities was $158.8 million with an average
yield of 4.28% in 2005 compared to $185.6 million with an average yield of
3.69%
in 2004. The decrease in balance was the result of investment portfolio run-off,
which was part of DNB’s strategic plan. The increase in yield was the result of
DNB taking advantage of the interest rate environment to restructure a
significant portion of its investment securities portfolio. In March 2005,
DNB
sold $73.3 million of structured securities, government agency preferred stock,
longer-term municipal securities, as well as corporate securities. The majority
of the proceeds received on the sale of these investments were re-invested
into
higher yielding agency mortgage-backed securities, agency bonds and municipal
securities. Management believes that the restructured portfolio will result
in
more stable earnings and cash flow, as well as improved value metrics.
Interest
on deposits was $4.5 million for 2005 compared to $2.7 million for 2004. The
average balance of interest-bearing deposits was $267.8 million with an average
rate of 1.69% for 2005 compared to $251.9 million with an average rate of 1.06%
for 2004. The increase in average balance was primarily the result of aggressive
marketing of deposit relationships in an effort to fund loan and lease growth.
The increase in rate was primarily the result of an increase in the cost of
funds resulting from the rising interest rate environment.
Interest
on FHLB advances was $3.3 million for 2005 compared to $3.6 million for 2004.
The average balance on FHLB advances was $59.5 million with an average rate
of
5.51% for 2005 compared to $77.4 million with an average rate of 4.69% for
2004.
The decrease in the average balance was the result of FHLB borrowings that
matured and were repaid. The increased average rate in 2005 resulted from lower
levels of overnight FHLB borrowings in 2005, compared to 2004.
3.
Provision
for Credit Losses
To
provide for known and inherent losses in the loan and lease portfolio, DNB
maintains an allowance for credit losses. There were no provisions for credit
losses made during the periods ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, since
management determined the allowance for credit losses was adequate based on
its
analysis.
During
2005, DNB provided $120,000 to the allowance for credit losses through the
three
quarterly periods ended September 30, 2005. This provision was based on the
deterioration of three loans to one borrower during this nine-month period.
However, during the fourth quarter, DNB received a large pay down and signed
a
forbearance agreement in connection with these loans. As a result of this
triggering event, the $120,000 provision that was previously booked to the
allowance was reversed. For a detailed discussion on DNB’s reserving
methodology, refer to “Item 1 - Determination of the allowance for credit
losses” which can be found under “Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates”.
4.
Non-Interest
Income
Non-interest
income includes service charges on deposit products; fees received in connection
with the sale of non-depository products and services, including fiduciary
and
investment advisory services offered through DNB Advisors; securities brokerage
products and services and insurance products and services offered through DNB
Financial Services; and other sources of income such as increases in the cash
surrender value of Bank Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”), net gains on sales of
investment securities and other real estate owned (“OREO”) properties. In
addition, DNB receives fees for cash management, merchant services, debit cards,
safe deposit box rentals, check cashing and similar activities.
2006
Results Compared to 2005 Results
Non-interest
income was $3.4 million for 2006 compared to $2.4 Million for 2005. This
increase was primarily due to DNB restructuring its investment portfolio in
2005
and when it reported a $699,000 pre-tax loss on the sale of securities.
Additionally, the increase in non-interest income was also partly due to
additional service charges on deposit accounts.
Service
charges on deposit accounts were $1.7 million for 2006 compared to $1.4 million
for 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to non-sufficient funds
(“NSF”) fees, which increased $306,000 year-over-year.
2005
Results Compared to 2004 Results
Non-interest
income was $2.4 million for 2005 compared to $591,000 for 2004. This increase
was primarily due to the $2.35 million impairment recognized in the fourth
quarter of 2004. In addition, DNB restructured its investment portfolio in
the
first quarter of 2005 and reported a $699,000 pre-tax loss on the sale of
securities. The increase in non-interest income was also partly due to higher
levels of commissions earned on the sales of annuities, coupled with additional
service charges on deposit accounts.
Service
charges on deposit accounts were $1.4 million for 2005 compared to $1.3 million
for 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to non-sufficient funds
(“NSF”) fees, which increased $74,000 year-over-year.
Wealth
management fees were $712,000 for 2005 compared to $633,000 for 2004. This
increase was primarily the result of growth in fee income derived on the sale
of
annuities through DNB’s subsidiary, DNB Financial Services.
5.
Non-Interest
Expense
Non-interest
expense includes salaries & employee benefits, furniture & equipment,
occupancy, professional & consulting fees as well as marketing, printing
& supplies and other less significant expense items.
2006
Results Compared to 2005 Results
Non-interest
expense was $16.5 million for 2006 compared to $14.4 million for 2005.
Salary
and employee benefits
.
Salary
and employee benefits was $9.1 million for 2006 compared to $8.2 million for
2005. The increase was largely attributable to the substantial investment in
key
staff, principally revenue producing personnel. DNB continued to make
significant progress by adding seasoned individuals who will provide DNB with
additional leadership serving the Private Banking, Credit and Retail needs
of
our customers.
Furniture
and equipment
.
Furniture and equipment expense was $1.4 million for 2006 compared to $1.2
million for 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to depreciation on
additional equipment purchased
at
DNB’s
new West Chester office as well as additional hardware and software upgrades
made during 2006 for the bank.
Occupancy.
Occupancy
expense was $1.3 million for 2006 compared to $1.0 million for 2005. The
increase was associated with an increase in rent expense
resulting
from a full years rent expense recognized in 2006, versus a partial years rent
expense recognized in 2005 on new offices opened in 2005 in Newtown Square
and
West Chester. Additionally, on April 26, 2006 the Bank signed an agreement
to
lease a parcel of land in Chadds Ford township, Delaware County, Pennsylvania,
for the purpose of developing the premises to accommodate a future branch.
The
Bank expects to begin operations of the new branch in May 2007, however, has
been paying rent on the land since July 2006.
Professional
and consulting.
Professional and consulting expenses were $1.6 million for 2006 compared to
$1.1
million for 2005. The primary reason for the increase was due expenses
recognized relating to the efficiency project started in the second quarter
of
2006. This project has helped to streamline many processes throughout the bank,
which will help to decrease non-interest expense in the future along with a
reduction of 14 full time equivalent employees. Additionally, DNB outsourced
its
internal audit function during 2006 and the cost of outsourcing is included
in
professional and consulting expenses for 2006.
2005
Results Compared to 2004 Results
Non-interest
expense was $14.4 million for 2005 compared to $13.2 million for 2004.
Salary
and employee benefits
.
Salary
and employee benefits was $8.2 million for 2005 compared to $7.3 million for
2004. The increase was largely attributable to the substantial investment in
key
staff, principally revenue producing personnel. DNB continued to make
significant progress by adding seasoned individuals who will provide DNB with
additional leadership serving the Private Banking, Credit and Retail needs
of
our customers.
Professional
and consulting.
Professional and consulting expenses were $1.1 million for 2005 compared to
$823,000 for 2004. The primary reason for the increase was due to the following.
First, a marketing firm was engaged to assist DNB with several marketing
initiatives which includes (a) Providing a comprehensive analysis of DNB's
product and service offerings, competitive position and customer profiles,
including interviews with selected samples of customers of DNB and other
financial institutions; (b) Consulting with and assisting DNB's management
in
establishing strategies for branding based on the foregoing analysis and
research; (c) Assisting DNB with marketing, public relations and customer
relations strategies to implement the new branding strategies. Second, DNB
hired
a third-party to assist in its efforts to comply with the provisions of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Third, fees associated with a third-party providing network
support increased as a result of the growth in the Bank’s overall staff and
other initiatives such as the opening DNB’s Newtown Square Loan Production
Office and West Chester branch facilities as well as upgrading DNB’s network.
Lastly, audit and legal expenses increased as the result of several initiatives
designed to increase share ownership in the Company by management and employees.
These initiatives included the implementation of DNB’s new Incentive Equity and
Deferred Compensation Plan and incorporating the Company’s stock into the DNB
First 401-k Retirement Plan
6.
Income
Taxes
2006
Results Compared to 2005 Results
Income
tax expense was
$41,000
for 2006 compared to a benefit of $89,000 for 2005. Income tax expense (benefit)
for each period differs from the amount determined at the statutory rate of
34%
due to tax-exempt income on loans and investment securities, DNB's ownership
of
BOLI policies and tax credits recognized on a low-income housing limited
partnership. During 2005, DNB reversed a portion of the previously recorded
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and recognized a related income
tax
benefit of $308,000. Most of the reversal was associated with a tax gain
recognized on the sale of two operations buildings as well as an additional
reversal that was made in connection with the sale of agency preferred
securities both of which are “Capital Assets” as defined under Internal Revenue
Code Section 1221.
With
regard to the previously recorded valuation allowance, DNB recognized a pre-tax
other-than-temporary impairment charge during 2004 totaling $2.3 million or
24%
of the book value on four agency preferred stock issues totaling $9.98 million.
The other-than-temporary impairment charges were recognized due to the negative
impact on the market value of these securities caused by the ongoing accounting,
management, and regulatory oversight issues confronting Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac.
DNB
was
required to recognize other-than-temporary impairment under guidance provided
by
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB 115) and the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The perpetual preferred agency securities that DNB
owned at December 31, 2004 (preferred stock) were “Capital Assets” as defined
under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 1221. In general, when the preferred
stock securities would be sold or disposed of, any net gain or loss on such
securities would generate a capital gain or capital loss. It was anticipated
that the sale of the preferred stock securities would give rise to a realized
capital loss for income tax purposes. Realized capital losses can only be used
to offset capital gain income and not ordinary taxable income from operations
(IRC Section 1211(a)). To the extent a corporate taxpayer is unable to utilize
a
net realized capital loss, such losses can be carried forward to each of the
5
taxable years succeeding such loss year (IRC Section 1212(a)(1)(B)). If
unutilized after 5 taxable years, such capital losses will expire unused.
Neither DNB, nor its wholly owned subsidiary DNB First, National Association,
had a history of generating such capital gains within the past 3 tax years,
nor
did the management of DNB anticipate that it would generate such capital gains
within five (5) years of the anticipated sale of these securities. When the
impairment charge was recognized, DNB contemplated selling some or all of these
securities during 2005. The 5 year period to recover the capital loss would
start when these securities were sold. At December 31, 2004, DNB did not
anticipate recognizing gains from the sale of any capital assets that it may
have held as of this date (including these preferred stock securities) during
the next 5 - 6 years. As a result, management determined that it was more likely
than not that the income tax benefits associated with the above impairment
write
down would not be realizable and accordingly recorded a valuation allowance
for
deferred tax asset in the amount of $733,000.
2005
Results Compared to 2004 Results
Income
tax (benefit) expense was ($89,000) for 2005 compared to $504,000 for 2004.
Income tax (benefit) expense for each period differs from the amount determined
at the statutory rate of 34% due to tax-exempt income on loans and investment
securities, DNB's ownership of BOLI policies and tax credits recognized on
a
low-income housing limited partnership. During 2005, DNB reversed a portion
of
the previously recorded valuation allowance for deferred tax assets and
recognized a related income tax benefit of $308,000. Most of the reversal was
associated with a tax gain recognized on the sale of two operations buildings
as
well as an additional reversal that was made in connection with the sale of
agency preferred securities both of which are “Capital Assets” as defined under
Internal Revenue Code Section 221.
With
regard to the previously recorded valuation allowance, DNB recognized a pre-tax
other-than-temporary impairment charge during 2004 totaling $2.3 million or
24%
of the book value on four agency preferred stock issues totaling $9.98 million.
The other-than-temporary impairment charges were recognized due to the negative
impact on the market value of these securities caused by the ongoing accounting,
management, and regulatory oversight issues confronting Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac.
DNB
was
required to recognize other-than-temporary impairment under guidance provided
by
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB 115) and the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The perpetual preferred agency securities that DNB
owned at December 31, 2004 (preferred stock) were “Capital Assets” as defined
under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 1221. In general, when the preferred
stock securities would be sold or disposed of, any net gain or loss on such
securities would generate a capital gain or capital loss. It was anticipated
that the sale of the preferred stock securities would give rise to a realized
capital loss for income tax purposes. Realized capital losses can only be used
to offset capital gain income and not ordinary taxable income from operations
(IRC Section 1211(a)). To the extent a corporate taxpayer is unable to utilize
a
net realized capital loss, such losses can be carried forward to each of the
5
taxable years succeeding such loss year (IRC Section 1212(a)(1)(B)). If
unutilized after 5 taxable years, such capital losses will expire unused.
Neither DNB, nor its wholly owned subsidiary DNB First, National Association,
had a history of generating such capital gains within the past 3 tax years,
nor
did the management of DNB anticipate that it would generate such capital gains
within five (5) years of the anticipated sale of these securities. When the
impairment charge was recognized, DNB contemplated selling some or all of these
securities during 2005. The 5 year period to recover the capital loss would
start when these securities were sold. At December 31, 2004, DNB did not
anticipate recognizing gains from the sale of any capital assets that it may
have held as of this date (including these preferred stock securities) during
the next 5 - 6 years. As a result, management determined that it was more likely
than not that the income tax benefits associated with the above impairment
write
down would not be realizable and accordingly recorded a valuation allowance
for
deferred tax asset in the amount of $733,000.
Financial
Condition Analysis
1.
Investment
Securities
DNB’s
investment portfolio consists of US agency securities, mortgage-backed
securities issued by US Government agencies, collateralized mortgage
obligations, state and municipal securities, bank stocks, and other bonds and
notes. In addition to generating revenue, DNB maintains the investment portfolio
to manage interest rate risk, provide liquidity, provide collateral for
borrowings and to diversify the credit risk of earning assets. The portfolio
is
structured to maximize DNB’s net interest income given changes in the economic
environment, liquidity position and balance sheet mix.
Given
the
nature of the portfolio, and its generally high credit quality, management
normally expects to realize all of its investment upon the maturity of such
instruments. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities
at the time of purchase. Investment securities are classified as: (a) securities
held to maturity (“HTM”) based on management’s intent and ability to hold them
to maturity; (b) trading account (“TA”) securities that are bought and held
principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term; and (c) securities
available for sale (“AFS”). DNB does not currently maintain a trading account
portfolio.
Securities
classified as AFS include securities that may be sold in response to changes
in
interest rates, changes in prepayment assumptions, the need to increase
regulatory capital or other similar requirements. DNB does not necessarily
intend to sell such securities, but has classified them as AFS to provide
flexibility to respond to liquidity needs.
DNB’s
investment portfolio (HTM and AFS securities) totaled $150.6 million at December
31, 2006, up 5% from $143.0 million at December 31, 2005.
The
following tables set forth information regarding the composition, stated
maturity and average yield of DNB’s investment security portfolio as of the
dates indicated (tax-exempt yields have been adjusted to a tax equivalent basis
using a 34% tax rate). The first two tables do not include amortization or
anticipated prepayments on mortgage-backed securities. Callable securities
are
included at their stated maturity dates.
Investment
Maturity Schedule, Including Weighted Average Yield
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Less
than
|
|
1-5
|
|
5-10
|
|
Over
|
|
No
Stated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Held
to Maturity
|
|
1
Year
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
10
Years
|
|
Maturity
|
|
Total
|
|
Yield
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
$
|
3,728
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
4,728
|
|
|
3.37
|
%
|
US
agency mortgage-backed
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
633
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
1,192
|
|
|
4.82
|
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
6,929
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
6,929
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
291
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
4,591
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
6,082
|
|
|
3.61
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
$
|
4,362
|
|
$
|
1,833
|
|
$
|
11,736
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
18,931
|
|
|
3.63
|
%
|
Percent
of portfolio
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
23
|
%
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
62
|
%
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average yield
|
|
|
3.25
|
%
|
|
3.41
|
%
|
|
4.14
|
%
|
|
3.66
|
%
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
3.63
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than
|
|
|
1-5
|
|
|
5-10
|
|
|
Over
|
|
|
No
Stated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
for Sale
|
|
|
1
Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
10
Years
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Yield
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
22,931
|
|
$
|
26,840
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
49,771
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
3,534
|
|
|
45,688
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
49,222
|
|
|
4.64
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
2,573
|
|
|
1,479
|
|
|
28,553
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
32,605
|
|
|
4.06
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
3.20
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
22,931
|
|
$
|
29,413
|
|
$
|
5,013
|
|
$
|
74,241
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
$
|
131,636
|
|
|
4.63
|
%
|
Percent
of portfolio
|
|
|
18
|
%
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
56
|
%
|
|
—
|
%
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
Weighted
average yield
|
|
|
5.88
|
%
|
|
4.16
|
%
|
|
3.99
|
%
|
|
4.48
|
%
|
|
3.20
|
%
|
|
4.63
|
%
|
|
|
|
Composition
of Investment Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
Held
to
|
|
Available
|
|
Held
to
|
|
Available
|
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
for
Sale
|
|
Maturity
|
|
for
Sale
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
4,728
|
|
$
|
49,771
|
|
$
|
10,586
|
|
$
|
34,794
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,192
|
|
|
49,222
|
|
|
1,586
|
|
|
56,181
|
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
6,929
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
8,623
|
|
|
—
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
6,082
|
|
|
32,605
|
|
|
6,138
|
|
|
25,062
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
37
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
18,931
|
|
$
|
131,636
|
|
$
|
26,933
|
|
$
|
116,074
|
|
2.
Loans
and Lease Portfolio
DNB’s
loan and lease portfolio consists primarily of commercial and residential real
estate loans, commercial loans and lines of credit (including commercial
construction), commercial leases and consumer loans. The portfolio provides
a
stable source of interest income, monthly amortization of principal and, in
the
case of adjustable rate loans, re-pricing opportunities.
Net
loans
and leases were $325.2 million at December 31, 2006, up $41.5 million or 14.6%
from 2005. Commercial loans increased $16.4 million or 19.7% to $99.6 million,
commercial leases decreased $900,000 or 3.8% to $23.0 million, residential
mortgage loans increased $8.9 million or 20.4% to $52.6 million, consumer loans
increased $6.4 million or 13.2% to $54.8 million and commercial mortgage loans
increased $10.6 million or 11.9% to $99.5 million. The increase in the
commercial loans and leases continues to reflect DNB’s commitment to commercial
and residential development in Chester and Delaware counties as well as northern
Delaware.
The
following table sets forth information concerning the composition of total
loans
outstanding, net of the allowance for credit losses, as of the dates
indicated.
Total
Loan and Lease Outstanding, Net of Allowance for Credit
Losses
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
Residential
mortgages
|
|
$
|
52,636
|
|
$
|
43,738
|
|
$
|
18,677
|
|
$
|
16,048
|
|
$
|
26,120
|
|
Commercial
mortgages
|
|
|
99,493
|
|
|
88,921
|
|
|
87,795
|
|
|
89,027
|
|
|
83,322
|
|
Commercial
loans
|
|
|
99,572
|
|
|
83,156
|
|
|
63,595
|
|
|
54,587
|
|
|
48,151
|
|
Commercial
leases
|
|
|
22,994
|
|
|
23,934
|
|
|
19,300
|
|
|
8,434
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
54,771
|
|
|
48,381
|
|
|
43,210
|
|
|
35,457
|
|
|
28,707
|
|
Total
loans and leases
|
|
|
329,466
|
|
|
288,130
|
|
|
232,577
|
|
|
203,553
|
|
|
187,585
|
|
Less
allowance for credit losses
|
|
|
(4,226
|
)
|
|
(4,420
|
)
|
|
(4,436
|
)
|
|
(4,559
|
)
|
|
(4,546
|
)
|
Net
loans and leases
|
|
$
|
325,240
|
|
$
|
283,710
|
|
$
|
228,141
|
|
$
|
198,994
|
|
$
|
183,039
|
|
The
following table sets forth information concerning the contractual maturities
of
the loan portfolio, net of unearned income and fees. For amortizing loans,
scheduled repayments for the maturity category in which the payment is due
are
not reflected below, because such information is not readily available.
Loan
and Lease Maturities
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Less
than
1
Year
|
|
1-5
Years
|
|
Over
5
Years
|
|
Total
|
|
Residential
mortgages
|
|
$
|
4,096
|
|
$
|
28,230
|
|
$
|
20,310
|
|
$
|
52,636
|
|
Commercial
mortgages
|
|
|
12,632
|
|
|
33,574
|
|
|
53,287
|
|
|
99,493
|
|
Commercial
term loans
|
|
|
36,441
|
|
|
29,511
|
|
|
33,620
|
|
|
99,572
|
|
Commercial
leases
|
|
|
1,848
|
|
|
20,618
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
22,994
|
|
Consumer
loans
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
|
25,314
|
|
|
28,386
|
|
|
54,771
|
|
Total
loans and leases
|
|
|
56,088
|
|
|
137,247
|
|
|
136,131
|
|
|
329,466
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
and leases with fixed interest rates
|
|
|
10,524
|
|
|
76,387
|
|
|
51,387
|
|
|
138,298
|
|
Loans
and leases with variable interest rates
|
|
|
45,564
|
|
|
60,860
|
|
|
84,744
|
|
|
191,168
|
|
Total
loans and leases
|
|
$
|
56,088
|
|
$
|
137,247
|
|
$
|
136,131
|
|
$
|
329,466
|
|
3
.
Non-Performing
Assets
Total
non-performing assets decreased $529,000 to $821,000 at December 31, 2006,
compared to $1.4 million at December 31, 2005.
The
decrease was primarily attributable to two loans associated with one customer
totaling $882,000 that paid off in 2006. As a result of the decrease in
non-performing loans, the non-performing loans to total loans ratio decreased
to
.25% at December 31, 2006 from .47% at December 31, 2005.
DNB
has a
significant level of commercial and commercial real estate loans and continues
to work diligently to improve asset quality and position itself for possible
economic downturns by tightening underwriting standards and improving lending
policies and procedures. Non-performing assets have, and will continue to have,
an impact on earnings, therefore management intends to continue working
aggressively to reduce the level of such assets.
Non-performing
assets are comprised of non-accrual loans, loans delinquent over ninety days
and
still accruing, troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) and other real estate
owned (“OREO”). Non-accrual loans are loans on which the accrual of interest
ceases when the collection of principal or interest payments is determined
to be
doubtful by management. It is the policy of DNB to discontinue the accrual
of
interest when principal or interest payments are delinquent 90 days or more
(unless the loan principal and interest are determined by management to be
fully
secured and in the process of collection), or earlier, if considered prudent.
Interest received on such loans is applied to the principal balance, or may
in
some instances, be recognized as income on a cash basis. OREO includes both
real
estate obtained as a result of, or in lieu of, foreclosure. Any significant
change in the level of non-performing assets is dependent, to a large extent,
on
the economic climate within DNB’s market area.
DNB’s
Credit Policy Committee monitors the performance of the loan and lease portfolio
to identify potential problem assets on a timely basis. Committee members meet
to design, implement and review asset recovery strategies, which serve to
maximize the recovery of each troubled asset. As of December 31, 2006, DNB
had
$5.3 million of loans, which, although performing at that date, are believed
to
require increased supervision and review; and may, depending on the economic
environment and other factors, become non-performing assets in future periods.
The amount of such loans at December 31, 2005 was $3.7 million. The majority
of
the loans are secured by commercial real estate, with lesser amounts being
secured by residential real estate, inventory and receivables.
The
following table sets forth those assets that are: (i) placed on non-accrual
status, (ii) contractually delinquent by 90 days or more and still accruing,
(iii) troubled debt restructurings other than those included in items (i) and
(ii), and (iv) OREO as a result of foreclosure or voluntary transfer to
DNB.
Non-Performing
Assets
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
Non-accrual
loans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Residential
mortgage
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
—
|
|
$
|
117
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
$
|
285
|
|
Commercial
mortgage
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
2,142
|
|
|
1,057
|
|
Commercial
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
1,017
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
1,758
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
635
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
254
|
|
Total
non-accrual loans
|
|
|
715
|
|
|
1,105
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
2,556
|
|
|
3,354
|
|
Loans
90 days past due and still accruing
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
245
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
514
|
|
Troubled
debt restructurings
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
non-performing loans
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
3,028
|
|
|
3,868
|
|
Other
real estate owned
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
non-performing assets
|
|
$
|
821
|
|
$
|
1,350
|
|
$
|
425
|
|
$
|
3,028
|
|
$
|
3,868
|
|
Asset
quality ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-performing
loans to total loans
|
|
|
0.3
|
%
|
|
0.5
|
%
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
Non-performing
assets to total assets
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
Allowance
for credit losses to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
loans and leases
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
Non-performing
loans and leases
|
|
|
514.7
|
|
|
327.3
|
|
|
1,043.8
|
|
|
150.5
|
|
|
117.5
|
|
4.
Allowance
for Credit Losses
To
provide for known and inherent losses in the loan and lease portfolios, DNB
maintains an allowance for credit losses. Provisions for credit losses are
charged against income to increase the allowance when necessary. Loan and lease
losses are charged directly against the allowance and recoveries on previously
charged-off loans and leases are added to the allowance. In establishing its
allowance for credit losses, management considers the size and risk exposure
of
each segment of the loan and lease portfolio, past loss experience, present
indicators of risk such as delinquency rates, levels of non-accruals, the
potential for losses in future periods, and other relevant factors. Management’s
evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio generally includes reviews of problem
borrowers of $100,000 or greater. Consideration is also given to examinations
performed by regulatory agencies, primarily the Office of the Comptroller of
the
Currency (“OCC).
In
establishing and reviewing the allowance for adequacy, Management establishes
the allowance for credit losses in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in the United States and the guidance provided in the Securities
and
Exchange Commission’s Staff Accounting Bulletin 102 (SAB 102). Its methodology
for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance consists of several key
elements which include: specific allowances for identified problem loans;
formula allowances for commercial and commercial real estate loans; and
allowances for pooled homogenous loans. As a result, management has taken into
consideration factors and variables which may influence the risk of loss within
the loan portfolio, including: (i) trends in delinquency and non-accrual loans;
(ii) changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio; (iii) effects
of
any changes in lending policies; (iv) experience, ability, and depth of
management; (v) quality of loan review; (vi) national and local economic trends
and conditions; (vii) concentrations of credit; and (viii) effect of external
factors on estimated credit losses. The unallocated portion of the allowance
is
intended to provide for probable likelihood that the bank would advance funds
into a known troubled situation, and then sustain a loss on the newly advanced
funds. The risk of loss factors are then applied against the percentage of
un-funded commitments in each category of loans. In addition, DNB reviews
historical loss experience for the commercial real estate, commercial,
residential real estate, home equity and consumer installment loan pools to
determine a historical loss
factor.
The historical loss factors are then applied to the current portfolio balances
to determine the required reserve percentage for each loan pool based on risk
rating.
DNB’s
percentage of allowance for credit losses to total loans and leases was 1.28%
at
December 31, 2006 compared to 1.53% and 1.91% for the years ended December
31,
2005 and 2004, respectively. There were no provisions made during these years
since management determined the allowance for credit losses was adequate and
provided for known and inherent credit losses. Net charge-offs were $194,000
in
2006 compared to $16,000 and $123,000 in 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
The
percentage of net charge-offs to total average loans and leases was
.06%,
.01%
and
0.6% during the same respective periods.
Analysis
of Allowance for Credit Losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
2003
|
|
2002
|
|
Beginning
balance
|
|
$
|
4,420
|
|
$
|
4,436
|
|
$
|
4,559
|
|
$
|
4,546
|
|
$
|
4,809
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Loans
charged off:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
Commercial
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
(302
|
)
|
|
(221
|
)
|
Leases
|
|
|
(360
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
(89
|
)
|
Total
charged off
|
|
|
(365
|
)
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
(188
|
)
|
|
(326
|
)
|
|
(310
|
)
|
Recoveries:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Real estate
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
18
|
|
Commercial
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
220
|
|
|
18
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
11
|
|
Total
recoveries
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
47
|
|
Ending
balance
|
|
$
|
4,226
|
|
$
|
4,420
|
|
$
|
4,436
|
|
$
|
4,559
|
|
$
|
4,546
|
|
The
following table sets forth the composition of DNB’s allowance for credit losses
at the dates indicated.
Composition
of Allowance for Credit Losses
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
2006
|
2005
|
2004
|
2003
|
2002
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
of Loan Type to Total Loans
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
of Loan Type to Total Loans
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
of Loan Type to Total Loans
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
of Loan Type to Total Loans
|
Amount
|
|
Percent
of Loan Type to Total Loans
|
Real
estate
|
|
$
954
|
|
46
|
%
|
$
927
|
|
46
|
%
|
$1,033
|
|
46
|
%
|
$1,495
|
|
51
|
%
|
$1,598
|
|
58
|
%
|
Commercial*
|
|
1,155
|
|
30
|
|
1,220
|
|
29
|
|
1,640
|
|
27
|
|
1,752
|
|
27
|
|
1,943
|
|
26
|
|
Leases
|
|
1,191
|
|
7
|
|
1,132
|
|
8
|
|
952
|
|
8
|
|
450
|
|
4
|
|
77
|
|
1
|
|
Consumer
|
|
347
|
|
17
|
|
305
|
|
17
|
|
310
|
|
19
|
|
288
|
|
18
|
|
331
|
|
15
|
|
Unallocated
|
|
579
|
|
—
|
|
836
|
|
—
|
|
501
|
|
—
|
|
574
|
|
—
|
|
597
|
|
—
|
|
Total
|
|
$4,226
|
|
100
|
%
|
$4,420
|
|
100
|
%
|
$4,436
|
|
100
|
%
|
$4,559
|
|
100
|
%
|
$4,546
|
|
100
|
%
|
*Includes
commercial construction
5.
Certain
Regulatory Matters
Dividends
payable to the Corporation by the Bank are subject to certain regulatory
limitations. Under normal circumstances, the payment of dividends in any year
without regulatory permission is limited to the net profits (as defined for
regulatory purposes) for that year, plus the retained net profits for the
preceding two calendar years. The sum of these items amounted to $1.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 2006.
The
FDIC
has authority to assess and change federal deposit insurance assessment rates
on
assessable deposits of the Bank. For further information, please refer to the
discussion of FDIC deposit insurance assessments under Part I, Item 1
(“Business”), section (c) (“Narrative Description of Business”) - “Supervision
and Regulation - Bank” under the heading “Deposit Insurance Assessments” on page
7 of this report. If additional deposit insurance premiums were assessed in
future years, they would reduce the earnings and profitability of DNB. Bank
management cannot predict whether the deposit insurance fund reserve level
will
remain above the Designated Reserve Ratio of 1.25%, or, if it does not, what
assessment rate the FDIC might impose in future periods.
Please
refer to Footnote 17 to DNB’s Consolidated Financial Statements on page 75 of
this report for a table that summarizes required capital ratios and the
corresponding regulatory capital positions of DNB and the Bank at December
31,
2006.
6.
Off
Balance Sheet Arrangements
In
the
normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are
outstanding, such as guarantees and commitments to extend credit, borrow money
or act in a fiduciary capacity, which are not reflected in the consolidated
financial statements. Management does not anticipate any significant losses
as a
result of these commitments.
DNB
had
outstanding stand-by letters of credit totaling $7.6 million and unfunded loan
and lines of credit commitments totaling $62.1 million at December 31, 2006.
These
instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate
risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet. The exposure
to
credit loss, in the event of non-performance by the party to the financial
instrument for commitments to extend credit and stand-by letters of credit,
is
represented by the contractual amount. Management uses the same credit policies
in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance-sheet instruments.
Commitments
to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally
have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require the
payment of a fee. DNB evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a
case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral, if any, obtained upon the
extension of credit, usually consists of real estate, but may include
securities, property or other assets.
Stand-by
letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by DNB to guarantee the
performance or repayment of a financial obligation of a customer to a third
party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private
borrowing arrangements. The credit risks involved in issuing letters of credit
are essentially the same as those involved in extending loan facilities to
customers. DNB holds various collateral to support these
commitments.
DNB
maintains borrowing arrangements with a correspondent bank and the FHLB of
Pittsburgh, as well as access to the discount window at the Federal Reserve
Bank
of Philadelphia to meet short-term liquidity needs. Through these relationships,
DNB has available credit of approximately $127.0 million.
Approximately
$96.8 million of assets are held by DNB Advisors in a fiduciary or agency
-capacity. These assets are not assets of DNB, and are not included in the
consolidated financial statements.
The
following table sets forth DNB’s known contractual obligations as of December
31, 2006. The amounts presented below do not include interest.
|
|
Payments
Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than
|
|
1-3
|
|
3-5
|
|
More
than
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Total
|
|
1
Year
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
5
Years
|
|
Contractual
Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FHLB
advances
|
|
$
|
40,450
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
$
|
7,000
|
|
$
|
23,000
|
|
$
|
10,000
|
|
Repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
45,120
|
|
|
45,120
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Capital
lease obligations
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
597
|
|
Operating
lease obligations
|
|
|
3,701
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
956
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
1,650
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
|
9,279
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
9,279
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
99,239
|
|
$
|
46,103
|
|
$
|
7,990
|
|
$
|
23,620
|
|
$
|
21,526
|
|
|
|
Expiration
by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
than
|
|
1-3
|
|
3-5
|
|
More
than
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Total
|
|
1
Year
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
5
Years
|
|
Off
Balance Sheet Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments
to extend credit
|
|
$
|
62,116
|
|
$
|
13,795
|
|
$
|
17,478
|
|
$
|
11,896
|
|
$
|
18,947
|
|
Letters
of credit
|
|
|
7,607
|
|
|
3,360
|
|
|
4,181
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
66
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
69,723
|
|
$
|
17,155
|
|
$
|
21,659
|
|
$
|
11,896
|
|
$
|
19,013
|
|
To
measure the impacts of longer-term asset and liability mismatches beyond two
years, DNB utilizes Modified Duration of Equity and Economic Value of Equity
("EVE") models. The modified duration of equity measures the potential price
risk of equity to changes in interest rates. A longer modified duration of
equity indicates a greater degree of risk to rising interest rates. Because
of
balance sheet optionality, an EVE analysis is also used to dynamically model
the
present value of asset and liability cash flows, with rates ranging up or down
200 basis points. The economic value of equity is likely to be different if
rates change. Results falling outside prescribed ranges require action by
management. At December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, DNB's variance in the
economic value of equity as a percentage of assets with an instantaneous and
sustained parallel shift of 200 basis points was within its negative 3%
guideline, as shown in the table below. The change as a percentage of the
present value of equity with a 200 basis point increase or decrease at December
31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, was within DNB's negative 25%
guideline.
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
|
Change
in rates
|
|
Flat
|
|
-200bp
|
|
+200bp
|
|
Flat
|
|
-200bp
|
|
+200bp
|
|
EVE
|
|
$
|
48,771
|
|
$
|
45,426
|
|
$
|
43,466
|
|
$
|
60,579
|
|
$
|
55,559
|
|
$
|
54,967
|
|
Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,345
|
)
|
|
(5,305
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(5,020
|
)
|
|
(5,612
|
)
|
Change
as a % of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.6
|
%)
|
|
(1.0
|
%)
|
|
|
|
|
(1.1
|
%)
|
|
(1.2
|
%)
|
Change
as a % of PV equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6.9
|
%)
|
|
(10.9
|
%)
|
|
|
|
|
(8.3
|
%)
|
|
(9.3
|
%)
|
Item
8.
Fi
nan
cial
Statements and Supplementary Data
DNB
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars
in thousands, except share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and due from banks
|
|
$
|
11,611
|
|
$
|
14,421
|
|
Federal
funds sold
|
|
|
12,616
|
|
|
7,762
|
|
Cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
24,227
|
|
|
22,183
|
|
AFS
Investment securities, at market value (amortized cost of
$132,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
in
2006 and $117,580 in 2005)
|
|
|
131,636
|
|
|
116,074
|
|
HTM
Investment securities (fair value $18,393 in 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
and
$26,213 in 2005)
|
|
|
18,931
|
|
|
26,933
|
|
Other
investment securities
|
|
|
3,608
|
|
|
3,367
|
|
Total
investment securities
|
|
|
154,175
|
|
|
146,374
|
|
Loans
and leases
|
|
|
329,466
|
|
|
288,130
|
|
Allowance
for credit losses
|
|
|
(4,226
|
)
|
|
(4,420
|
)
|
Net
loans and leases
|
|
|
325,240
|
|
|
283,710
|
|
Office
property and equipment, net
|
|
|
7,699
|
|
|
6,733
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable
|
|
|
2,420
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
Bank
owned life insurance
|
|
|
7,036
|
|
|
6,642
|
|
Core
deposit intangible
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
407
|
|
Net
deferred taxes
|
|
|
2,499
|
|
|
2,326
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
1,588
|
|
|
2,537
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
525,242
|
|
$
|
473,046
|
|
Liabilities
and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-interest-bearing
deposits
|
|
$
|
50,852
|
|
$
|
51,407
|
|
Interest-bearing
deposits:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOW
|
|
|
82,579
|
|
|
78,664
|
|
Money
market
|
|
|
66,352
|
|
|
45,390
|
|
Savings
|
|
|
54,956
|
|
|
77,216
|
|
Time
|
|
|
126,288
|
|
|
86,950
|
|
Total
deposits
|
|
|
381,027
|
|
|
339,627
|
|
FHLB
advances
|
|
|
55,450
|
|
|
53,850
|
|
Repurchase
agreements
|
|
|
45,120
|
|
|
36,050
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
|
9,279
|
|
|
9,279
|
|
Other
borrowings
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
701
|
|
Total
borrowings
|
|
|
110,538
|
|
|
99,880
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
939
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
1,205
|
|
|
2,414
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
493,831
|
|
|
442,860
|
|
Commitments
and contingencies (Note 15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred
stock, $10.00 par value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,000,000
shares authorized; none issued
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Common
stock, $1.00 par value;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,000,000
shares authorized; 2,711,438 and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,701,040
issued, respectively
|
|
|
2,712
|
|
|
2,572
|
|
Treasury
stock, at cost; 206,631 and 211,958 shares, respectively
|
|
|
(4,158
|
)
|
|
(4,253
|
)
|
Surplus
|
|
|
34,875
|
|
|
34,802
|
|
Accumulated
deficit
|
|
|
(688
|
)
|
|
(1,196
|
)
|
Accumulated
other comprehensive loss, net
|
|
|
(1,330
|
)
|
|
(1,739
|
)
|
Total
stockholders’ equity
|
|
|
31,411
|
|
|
30,186
|
|
Total
liabilities and stockholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
525,242
|
|
$
|
473,046
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DNB
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Interest
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
and fees on loans and leases
|
|
$
|
21,930
|
|
$
|
16,988
|
|
$
|
13,945
|
|
Interest
and dividends on investment securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxable
|
|
|
4,699
|
|
|
5,063
|
|
|
4,949
|
|
Exempt
from federal taxes
|
|
|
1,273
|
|
|
1,101
|
|
|
1,009
|
|
Tax-preferred
dividends received deduction
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
266
|
|
Interest
on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
347
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
64
|
|
Total
interest income
|
|
|
28,249
|
|
|
23,427
|
|
|
20,233
|
|
Interest
Expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
on NOW, money market and savings
|
|
|
4,257
|
|
|
2,438
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
Interest
on time deposits
|
|
|
3,870
|
|
|
2,096
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
Interest
on FHLB advances
|
|
|
2,852
|
|
|
3,278
|
|
|
3,626
|
|
Interest
on repurchase agreements
|
|
|
1,535
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
145
|
|
Interest
on junior subordinated debentures
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
277
|
|
Interest
on other borrowings
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
110
|
|
Total
interest expense
|
|
|
13,368
|
|
|
9,313
|
|
|
6,833
|
|
Net
interest income
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
14,114
|
|
|
13,400
|
|
Provision
for credit losses
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net
interest income after provision for credit losses
|
|
|
14,881
|
|
|
14,114
|
|
|
13,400
|
|
Non-interest
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
charges
|
|
|
1,668
|
|
|
1,362
|
|
|
1,323
|
|
Wealth
management
|
|
|
707
|
|
|
712
|
|
|
633
|
|
Increase
in cash surrender value of BOLI
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
208
|
|
Other-than-temporary
impairment charge
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(2,349
|
)
|
Securities
gains (losses)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
(662
|
)
|
|
(16
|
)
|
Gain
on sale of land
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
259
|
|
Other
fees
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
533
|
|
Total
non-interest income
|
|
|
3,414
|
|
|
2,356
|
|
|
591
|
|
Non-interest
Expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaries
and employee benefits
|
|
|
9,139
|
|
|
8,161
|
|
|
7,320
|
|
Furniture
and equipment
|
|
|
1,380
|
|
|
1,248
|
|
|
1,204
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
1,256
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
868
|
|
Professional
and consulting
|
|
|
1,606
|
|
|
1,117
|
|
|
823
|
|
Marketing
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
638
|
|
Printing
and supplies
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
342
|
|
Other
expenses
|
|
|
2,243
|
|
|
2,093
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
Total
non-interest expense
|
|
|
16,507
|
|
|
14,411
|
|
|
13,189
|
|
Income
before income taxes
|
|
|
1,788
|
|
|
2,059
|
|
|
802
|
|
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
(89
|
)
|
|
504
|
|
Net
Income
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Earnings
per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Cash
dividends per share
|
|
$
|
0.50
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
$
|
0.45
|
|
Weighted
average common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
2,500,173
|
|
|
2,221,478
|
|
|
2,183,308
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
2,517,769
|
|
|
2,249,110
|
|
|
2,218,023
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DNB
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive
Income
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compre-
hensive
Income
|
|
Common
Stock
|
|
Treasury
Stock
|
|
Surplus
|
|
Retained
Earnings
|
|
Accumulated
Other
Compre-
hensive
Income (Loss)
|
|
Total
|
|
Balance
at January 1, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,041
|
|
$
|
(3,097
|
)
|
$
|
26,373
|
|
$
|
1,092
|
|
$
|
(1,037
|
)
|
$
|
25,372
|
|
Comprehensive
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
298
|
|
Other
comprehensive income, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
gains on investments
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
89
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
387
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reclass
for other-than-temporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
impairment
charge
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
889
|
|
|
889
|
|
Cash
dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(981
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(981
|
)
|
Cash
payment for fractional shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Issuance
of stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
2,570
|
|
|
(2,673
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Purchase
of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
Exercise
of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
471
|
|
Balance
at December 31, 2004
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,170
|
|
|
(4,488
|
)
|
|
29,388
|
|
|
(2,273
|
)
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
24,738
|
|
Comprehensive
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
2,148
|
|
Other
comprehensive loss, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
losses on investments
|
|
|
(935
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(935
|
)
|
|
(935
|
)
|
Unrealized
actuarial losses - pension
|
|
|
(745
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
(745
|
)
|
|
(745
|
)
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
468
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Release
of unvested stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
91
|
|
Common
stock issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
5,259
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
Cash
dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1,064
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1,064
|
)
|
Cash
payment for fractional shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Issuance
of stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(122
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Purchase
of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Sale
of treasury shares to 401-K plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
249
|
|
Exercise
of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
191
|
|
Balance
at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,572
|
|
|
(4,253
|
)
|
|
34,802
|
|
|
(1,196
|
)
|
|
(1,739
|
)
|
|
30,186
|
|
Comprehensive
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
Other
comprehensive loss, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
gains on investments
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
222
|
|
Total
comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
1,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Release
of unvested stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
132
|
|
Cash
dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
(1,233
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1,233
|
)
|
Cash
payment for fractional shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Issuance
of stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Adjustment
to initially apply FASB Statement No. 158, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
187
|
|
Purchase
of treasury shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
Sale
of treasury shares to 401-K plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
405
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
393
|
|
Exercise
of stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
68
|
|
Stock
compensation tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
25
|
|
Balance
at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,712
|
|
$
|
(4,158
|
)
|
$
|
34,875
|
|
$
|
(688
|
|
|
$(1,330
|
)
)
|
$
|
31,411
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DNB
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated
Statements of
Cas
h Flows
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Cash
Flows From Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided
(used) by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation,
amortization and accretion
|
|
|
1,186
|
|
|
1,315
|
|
|
1,498
|
|
Unvested
stock amortization
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
—
|
|
Securities
(gains) losses
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
662
|
|
|
16
|
|
Gain
on sale of land
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
259
|
|
Deferred
gain on sale of buildings
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(812
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
Loss
on other-than-temporary impairment
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
2,349
|
|
Increase
in accrued interest receivable
|
|
|
(286
|
)
|
|
(362
|
)
|
|
(28
|
)
|
Decrease
in other assets
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
760
|
|
Tax
benefit on exercised stock options
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
64
|
|
Increase
in investment in BOLI
|
|
|
(244
|
)
|
|
(197
|
)
|
|
(208
|
)
|
Increase
in interest payable
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
23
|
|
Increase
in deferred tax benefit
|
|
|
(384
|
)
|
|
(518
|
)
|
|
(131
|
)
|
(Decrease)
increase in other liabilities
|
|
|
(80
|
)
|
|
(326
|
)
|
|
25
|
|
Net
Cash Provided By Operating Activities
|
|
|
2,332
|
|
|
2,308
|
|
|
4,925
|
|
Cash
Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from maturities and paydowns - AFS securities
|
|
|
12,907
|
|
|
23,161
|
|
|
49,245
|
|
Proceeds
from maturities and paydowns - HTM securities
|
|
|
7,948
|
|
|
6,337
|
|
|
11,872
|
|
Purchase
of AFS securities
|
|
|
(28,287
|
)
|
|
(105,443
|
)
|
|
(68,251
|
)
|
Proceeds
from sale of AFS - securities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
95,780
|
|
|
9,469
|
|
Net
(increase) decrease in other investments
|
|
|
(241
|
)
|
|
662
|
|
|
753
|
|
Net
increase in loans and leases
|
|
|
(41,530
|
)
|
|
(55,569
|
)
|
|
(29,147
|
)
|
Purchase
of BOLI
|
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
(150
|
)
|
|
(150
|
)
|
Proceeds
from the sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
1,683
|
|
|
518
|
|
Purchase
of property and equipment
|
|
|
(1,930
|
)
|
|
(1,285
|
)
|
|
(1,197
|
)
|
Net
Cash Used By Investing Activities
|
|
|
(51,283
|
)
|
|
(34,824
|
)
|
|
(26,888
|
)
|
Cash
Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
increase in deposits
|
|
|
41,400
|
|
|
16,483
|
|
|
30,708
|
|
Increase
(decrease) in FHLB advances
|
|
|
1,600
|
|
|
(7,800
|
)
|
|
(21,350
|
)
|
Proceeds
from short term repurchase agreements
|
|
|
9,070
|
|
|
12,923
|
|
|
23,127
|
|
Increase
in junior subordinated debentures
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
|
¾
|
|
Decrease
in lease obligations
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
(9
|
)
|
Dividends
paid
|
|
|
(1,239
|
)
|
|
(1,071
|
)
|
|
(990
|
)
|
Proceeds
from the issuance of common stock
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
5,525
|
|
|
¾
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of stock under stock option plan
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
407
|
|
Tax
benefit on exercised stock options
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
Sale
(purchase) of treasury stock, net
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
244
|
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
Net
Cash Provided By Financing Activities
|
|
|
50,995
|
|
|
30,578
|
|
|
30,502
|
|
Net
Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
2,044
|
|
|
(1,938
|
)
|
|
8,539
|
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Year
|
|
|
22,183
|
|
|
24,121
|
|
|
15,582
|
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents at End of Year
|
|
$
|
24,227
|
|
$
|
22,183
|
|
$
|
24,121
|
|
Supplemental
Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
paid during the period for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
$
|
13,246
|
|
$
|
9,297
|
|
$
|
6,810
|
|
Income
taxes
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
458
|
|
Supplemental
Disclosure of Non-cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in unrealized losses on AFS securities
|
|
$
|
337
|
|
$
|
1,409
|
|
$
|
1,482
|
|
Change
in deferred taxes due to change in unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
losses
on AFS securities
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
(474
|
)
|
|
(504
|
)
|
Increase
in junior subordinated debentures
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
155
|
|
See
accompanying notes to consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements
(1)
SUMMARY
OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
DNB
Financial Corporation (the “Corporation” or “DNB”) through its wholly owned
subsidiary, DNB First, National Association (the “Bank”) formerly Downingtown
National Bank, has been serving individuals and small to medium sized businesses
of Chester County, Pennsylvania since 1861. DNB Capital Trust I and II are
special purpose Delaware business trusts (see additional discussion in Junior
Subordinated Debentures-Footnote 9). The Bank is a locally managed commercial
bank providing personal and commercial loans and deposit products, in addition
to investment and trust services from twelve community offices. The Bank
encounters vigorous competition for market share from commercial banks, thrift
institutions, credit unions and other financial intermediaries.
The
consolidated financial statements of DNB and its subsidiary, the Bank, which
together are managed as a single operating segment, are prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles applicable to the banking
industry. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to
make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and affect revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results
could differ significantly from those estimates.
The
more
significant accounting policies are summarized below. Prior period amounts
not
affecting net income are reclassified when necessary to conform with current
year classifications.
Principles
of Consolidation
—
The
accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the
Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, the Bank. All significant
inter-company transactions have been eliminated.
Cash
and Due From Banks
—For
purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and due from banks,
and federal funds sold are considered to be cash equivalents. Generally, federal
funds are sold for one-day periods. DNB is required to maintain certain daily
reserve balances in accordance with Federal Reserve Board requirements. The
average reserve balance maintained at the Federal Reserve for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $43,016 and $391,000
respectively.
Investment
Securities
—
Investment securities are classified and accounted for as follows:
Held-To-Maturity
(“HTM”)
—
includes debt and non-readily marketable equity securities that DNB has the
positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Debt securities are reported
at
cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
Non-readily marketable equity securities are carried at cost, which approximates
liquidation value.
Trading
Account (“TA”)
—
includes securities that are generally held for a short term in anticipation
of
market gains. Such securities would be carried at fair value with realized
and
unrealized gains and losses on trading account securities included in the
statement of operations. DNB did not have any securities classified as TA during
2006, 2005 or 2004.
Available-For-Sale
(“AFS”)
—
includes debt and equity securities not classified as HTM or TA securities.
Securities classified as AFS are securities that DNB intends to hold for an
indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Such securities
are
reported at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses excluded from
earnings and reported, net of tax (if applicable), as a separate component
of
stockholders’ equity. Realized gains and losses on the sale of AFS securities
are computed on the basis of specific identification of the adjusted cost of
each security.
Other
Investment Securities
—
includes investments in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), Federal Reserve Bank
(FRB) and Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (ACBB) stock which are carried at cost
and are redeemable at par with certain restrictions. Investments in these stocks
are necessary to participate in FHLB, FRB and ACBB programs.
Amortization
of premiums and accretion of discounts for all types of securities are computed
using a method approximating a level-yield basis.
Loans
and Leases
—
Loans
and leases are stated net of unearned discounts, unamortized net loan
origination fees and the allowance for credit losses. Interest income is
recognized on an accrual basis. The accrual of interest on loans and leases
is
generally discontinued when loans become 90 days past due or earlier when,
in
management’s judgment, it is determined that a reasonable doubt exists as to its
collectibility. When a loan or lease is placed on non-accrual, interest accruals
cease and uncollected accrued interest is reversed and charged against current
income. Additional interest payments on such loans or leases are generally
applied to principal or recognized to income on a cash basis. A non-accrual
loan
or lease may be restored to accrual status when management expects to collect
all contractual principal and interest due and the borrower has demonstrated
a
sustained period of repayment performance in accordance with the contractual
terms.
Deferred
Loan Fees and Costs
—
Loan
origination and commitment fees and related direct-loan origination costs of
completed loans are deferred and accreted to income as a yield adjustment over
the life of the loan using the level-yield method. The accretion to income
is
discontinued when a loan is placed on non-accrual status. When a loan is paid
off, any unamortized net deferred fee balance is credited to income. When a
loan
is sold, any unamortized net deferred fee balance is considered in the
calculation of gain or loss.
Allowance
for Credit Losses
—
The
allowance for loan and lease losses is an estimate of the credit loss risk
in
our loan and lease portfolio. The allowance is based on two basic principles
of
accounting: (1) Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 5
"Accounting for Contingencies," which requires that losses be accrued when
it is
probable that a loss has occurred at the balance sheet date and such loss can
be
reasonably estimated; and (2) SFAS No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for
Impairment of a Loan," which requires that losses be accrued on impaired loans
based on the differences between the value of collateral, present value of
future cash flows or values that are observable in the secondary market and
the
loan balance. DNB’s credit loss allowance policies involve significant judgments
and assumptions by management which may have a material impact on the carrying
value of net loans and, potentially, on the net income recognized by DNB from
period to period. The allowance for credit losses is based on management’s
ongoing evaluation of the loan and lease portfolio and reflects an amount
considered by management to be its best estimate of the amount necessary to
absorb known and inherent losses in the portfolio. Management considers a
variety of factors when establishing the allowance, such as the impact of
current economic conditions, diversification of the portfolios, delinquency
statistics, results of loan review and related classifications, and historic
loss rates. In addition, certain individual loans which management has
identified as problematic are specifically provided for, based upon an
evaluation of the borrower’s perceived ability to pay, the estimated adequacy of
the underlying collateral and other relevant factors. In addition, regulatory
authorities, as an integral part of their examinations, periodically review
the
allowance for credit losses. They may require additions to the allowance based
upon their judgments about information available to them at the time of
examination. Although provisions are established and segmented by type of loan,
based upon management’s assessment of their differing inherent loss
characteristics, the entire allowance for credit losses is available to absorb
losses in any category.
Management
uses significant estimates to determine the allowance for credit losses. Because
the allowance for credit losses is dependent, to a great extent, on conditions
that may be beyond DNB’s control, management’s estimate of the amount necessary
to absorb allowance for credit losses and actual credit losses could differ.
DNB’s current judgment is that the valuation of the allowance for credit losses
remains appropriate at December 31, 2006.
Other
Real Estate Owned
—
Other
real estate owned (“OREO”) consists of properties acquired as a result of, or
in-lieu-of, foreclosure. Properties classified as OREO are reported at the
lower
of carrying value or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Costs relating
to
the development or improvement of the properties are capitalized and costs
relating to holding the properties are charged to expense. DNB did not have
any
OREO at December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2005.
Office
Properties and Equipment
—
Office
properties and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the assets. The
costs
of maintenance and repairs are expensed as they are incurred; renewals and
betterments are capitalized. All long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment,
based on the fair value of the asset. In addition, long-lived assets to be
disposed of are generally reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair
value, less costs to sell. Gains or losses on disposition of premises and
equipment are reflected in operations.
Other
Assets
—
Financing costs related to the issuance of the junior subordinated debentures
are being amortized over the life of the debentures and are included in other
assets.
Income
Taxes
—
DNB
accounts for income taxes in accordance with the asset and liability method
of
accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities from
a
change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the
enactment date. The Corporation files a consolidated Federal income tax return
with the IRS.
Pension
Plan
—
The
Bank maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering
substantially all employees over the age of 21 with one year of service. Plan
benefits are based on years of service and the employee’s monthly average
compensation for the highest five consecutive years of their last ten years
of
service (see Note 14 - Benefit Plans).
Stock
Option Plan
—
DNB
has
stock option plans for certain employees that were accounted for under the
intrinsic value method prior to January 1, 2006. Because the exercise price
at the date of the grant is equal to the market value of the stock, no
compensation expense has been recognized. On January 1, 2006, DNB adopted
SFAS 123R using the modified prospective transition method. SFAS 123R revised
2004 (SFAS 123R), “Share-Based Payment” replaced SFAS No. 123 (SFAS 123),
“Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and superseded APB Opinion No. 25
(APB 25), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and amended SFAS
No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.’’ Under this transition method,
compensation cost to be recognized beginning in the first quarter of 2006 would
include: (a) compensation cost for the portion of share-based payment
awards granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on
the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions
of SFAS 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payment awards
granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS 123R. Results for prior
periods were not restated. DNB did not have any unvested options at January
1,
2006 as all options issued prior to this date vested immediately. Additionally,
no new options were granted in 2006, therefore, DNB did not recognize any
compensation cost related to options for 2006.
Had
DNB
determined compensation cost based on the fair value at the grant date for
its
stock options under SFAS No. 123, DNB’s net income and earnings per share would
have been reduced to the proforma amounts for 2005 and 2004 presented
below:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Net
income - as reported
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Less:
Stock option expense
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
344
|
|
Proforma
net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
1,576
|
|
$
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EPS
- diluted - as reported
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Less:
Stock option expense
|
|
|
.26
|
|
|
.16
|
|
Proforma
earnings (loss) per share - diluted
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
$
|
(0.03
|
)
|
Earnings
Per Share (EPS)
—
Basic
EPS is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares
outstanding during the year. Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that
could occur from the exercise of stock options and is computed using the
treasury stock method. Stock options and awards for which the exercise price
exceeds the average market price over the period have an anti-dilutive effect
on
EPS and, accordingly, are excluded from the EPS calculation.
Earnings
per share, dividends per share and weighted average shares outstanding have
been
adjusted to reflect the effects of the 5% stock dividend paid in December 2006,
2005 and 2004.
Trust
Assets
—
Assets
held by DNB Advisors in fiduciary or agency capacities are not included in
the
consolidated financial statements since such items are not assets of DNB.
Operating income and expenses of DNB Advisors are included in the consolidated
statements of operations and are recorded on an accrual basis.
Statements
of Cash Flows
—
For
purposes of the statements of cash flows, DNB considers cash in banks, amounts
due from banks, and Federal funds sold to be cash equivalents. Generally,
Federal funds are sold for one-day periods.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
In
February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “
Accounting
for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments.”
This
Statement amends FASB Statements No. 133 and No. 140. This Statement resolves
issues addressed in Statement 133 Implementation Issue No. D1,
"Application
of Statement 133 to Beneficial Interests in Securitized Financial
Assets.”
This
Statement: a) permits fair value measurement for any hybrid financial instrument
that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise would require bifurcation;
b) clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not
subject to the requirements of Statement 133; c) establishes a requirement
to
evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that
are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that
contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation; d) clarifies that
concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded
derivatives; and e) amends Statement 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a
qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument
that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial
instrument. This Statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired
or issued after the beginning of an entity's first fiscal year that begins
after
September 15, 2006. The fair value election provided for in paragraph 4(c)
of
this Statement may also be applied upon adoption of this Statement for hybrid
financial instruments that had been bifurcated under paragraph 12 of Statement
133 prior to the adoption of this Statement. Earlier adoption is permitted
as of
the beginning of an entity's fiscal year, provided the entity has not yet issued
financial statements, including financial statements for any interim period
for
that fiscal year. Provisions of this Statement may be applied to instruments
that an entity holds at the date of adoption on an instrument-by-instrument
basis. SFAS 155 is effective for DNB on January 1, 2007 and is not expected
to
have a material impact on DNB’s consolidated financial statements upon
adoption.
In
March 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of
Financial Assets”. SFAS 156 amends SFAS No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers
and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” SFAS 156
permits, but does not require, an entity to choose either the amortization
method or the fair value measurement method for measuring each class of
separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156
is
effective for DNB on January 1, 2007 and is not expected to have a material
impact on DNB’s consolidated financial statements.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements. The
statement defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date. The statement also establishes a framework
for measuring fair value by creating a three-level fair value hierarchy that
ranks the quality and reliability of information used to determine fair value,
and requires new disclosures of assets and liabilities measured at fair value
based on their level in the hierarchy. The Statement is effective for DNB on
January 1, 2008. DNB has not yet determined if the adoption of this statement
will have a material impact on its financial position or results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plan” (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires
an employer to recognize on their balance sheet the funded status of its defined
pension plans and other post-retirement plans as of December 31, 2006. An
under-funded position would create a liability and an over-funded position
would
create an asset, with a correlating deferred tax asset or liability. The net
impact would be an adjustment to equity as accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss.) Employers must also recognize as a component of other
comprehensive income (loss), net of tax, the actuarial gains and losses and
the
prior service costs and credits that arise during the period. DNB adopted the
recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS 158 on December 31, 2006. The
effect of adopting SFAS 158 on DNB’s financial condition at December 31, 2006
has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements.
In
February 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS
No.
159,
The
Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an
amendment of FASB Statement No. 115
(SFAS
159).
SFAS
159
permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain
other items at fair value and amends SFAS 115 to, among other things, require
certain disclosures for amounts for which the fair value option is applied.
Additionally, this Statement provides that an entity may reclassify
held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities to the trading account when
the fair value option is elected for such securities, without calling into
question the intent to hold other securities to maturity in the future. This
Statement is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that
begins after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning
of a fiscal year that begins on or before November 15, 2007, provided the entity
also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS 157. DNB has not completed its
assessment of SFAS 159 and the impact, if any, on the consolidated financial
statements.
In
July
2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48,
“Accounting
for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” - an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109
(FIN 48)
.
This interpretation of SFAS No. 109 prescribes a recognition threshold and
measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement
of
a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This
interpretation also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification,
interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure and
transition. The interpretation is effective for fiscal
years
beginning after December 15, 2006. DNB has reserves related to certain of
its tax positions, which would be subject to analysis under FIN 48. DNB
will adopt FIN 48 as of January 1, 2007, as required. The cumulative effect
of
adopting FIN 48 will be recorded in retained earnings. DNB does not expect
that
the adoption of FIN 48 will have a significant impact on DNB’s consolidated
financial statements.
In
September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when
Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”). This
guidance was issued to resolve diversity in current practice among registrants.
The bulletin establishes that registrants must quantify the impact of correcting
all misstatements on the financial statements by using both the rollover and
iron curtain approaches to evaluate the errors. The rollover approach quantifies
the misstatement based on the amount of the error originating in the current
year income statement and the iron curtain approach quantifies a misstatement
based on the amount of the error existing in the balance sheet at the end of
the
fiscal year. The bulletin contains guidance on correcting errors under the
dual
approach and transition guidance. SAB 108 is effective for the Company’s
December 31, 2006 annual financial statements. The adoption of SAB 108 did
not
have a material impact on DNB’s financial position or results of
operations.
In
September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 06-4, Accounting
for
Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement
Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements. EITF 06-4 concludes that for a
split-dollar life insurance arrangement within the scope of this Issue, an
employer should recognize a liability for future benefits in accordance with
SFAS 106 (if, in substance, a postretirement benefit plan exits) or APB Opinion
No. 12 (if the arrangement is, in substance, an individual deferred
compensation contract) based on the substantive agreement with the employee.
The
consensus is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2007.
This EITF is applicable to the Replacement Plan referenced in Note 14 on page
68. DNB is currently evaluating the effect that EITF No. 06-4 will have on
its financial statements when implemented.
In
September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force issued EITF 06-5, Accounting
for
Purchases of Life Insurance-Determining the Amount That Could Be Realized in
Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4. This consensus concludes
that a policyholder should consider any additional amounts included in the
contractual terms of the insurance policy other than the cash surrender value
in
determining the amount that could be realized under the insurance contract.
A
consensus also was reached that a policyholder should determine the amount
that
could be realized under the life insurance contract assuming the surrender
of an
individual-life by individual-life policy (or certificate by certificate in
a
group policy). The consensuses are effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2006. This EITF is applicable to the BOLI already recognized
in DNB’s statement of condition. DNB is currently evaluating the effect that
EITF No. 06-5 will have on its financial statements when
implemented.
2)
INVESTMENT
SECURITIES
The
amortized cost and estimated fair values of investment securities, as of the
dates indicated, are summarized as follows:
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gains
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Held
To Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
4,728
|
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
(109
|
)
|
$
|
4,619
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,192
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
1,186
|
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
6,929
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
6,498
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
6,082
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
6,090
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
18,931
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
$
|
(554
|
)
|
$
|
18,393
|
|
Available
For Sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
government agency obligations
|
|
|
50,194
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
(423
|
)
|
|
49,771
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
50,023
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
(869
|
)
|
|
49,222
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
32,551
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
32,605
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
38
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
132,805
|
|
$
|
284
|
|
$
|
(1,453
|
)
|
$
|
131,636
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Cost
|
|
Gains
|
|
Losses
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Held
To Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
10,586
|
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
(181
|
)
|
$
|
10,405
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
1,585
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
1,583
|
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
8,623
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
|
8,104
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
6,138
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
6,121
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
26,933
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
$
|
(737
|
)
|
$
|
26,213
|
|
Available
For Sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
government agency obligations
|
|
|
35,229
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
34,794
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
57,187
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
(1,016
|
)
|
|
56,181
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
25,127
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
(137
|
)
|
|
25,062
|
|
Equity
securities
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
37
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
117,580
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
$
|
(1,588
|
)
|
$
|
116,074
|
|
Included
in unrealized losses are market losses on securities that have been in a
continuously unrealized loss position for twelve months or more and those
securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less
than
twelve months. The table below details the aggregate unrealized losses and
aggregate fair value of the underlying securities whose fair values are below
their values at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
value
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
value
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Loss
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Less
Than
|
|
Less
Than
|
|
More
Than
|
|
More
Than
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
12
Months
|
|
12
Months
|
|
12
Months
|
|
12
Months
|
|
Held
To Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
4,619
|
|
$
|
(109
|
)
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
4,619
|
|
$
|
(109
|
)
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
6,498
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
6,498
|
|
|
(431
|
)
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
2,344
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
500
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
1,844
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
324
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
334
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14,119
|
|
$
|
(554
|
)
|
$
|
824
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
$
|
13,295
|
|
$
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
For Sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
49,771
|
|
$
|
(424
|
)
|
$
|
14,991
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
$
|
34,780
|
|
$
|
(418
|
)
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
12,721
|
|
|
(160
|
)
|
|
6,210
|
|
|
(82
|
)
|
|
6,511
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
43,199
|
|
|
(869
|
)
|
|
567
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
42,632
|
|
|
(866
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
105,691
|
|
$
|
(1,453
|
)
|
$
|
21,768
|
|
$
|
(91
|
)
|
$
|
83,923
|
|
$
|
(1,362
|
)
|
|
|
December
31, 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
value
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Fair
value
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Loss
|
|
Impaired
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Unrealized
|
|
Less
Than
|
|
Less
Than
|
|
More
Than
|
|
More
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Loss
|
|
12
Months
|
|
12
Months
|
|
12
Months
|
|
12
Months
|
|
Held
To Maturity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
10,405
|
|
$
|
(181
|
)
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
10,405
|
|
$
|
(181
|
)
|
Collateralized
mortgage obligations
|
|
|
8,104
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
8,104
|
|
|
(519
|
)
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
785
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
425
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
19,719
|
|
$
|
(737
|
)
|
$
|
785
|
|
$
|
(27
|
)
|
$
|
18,934
|
|
$
|
(710
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Available
For Sale
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US
Government agency obligations
|
|
$
|
34,794
|
|
$
|
(435
|
)
|
$
|
34,794
|
|
$
|
(435
|
)
|
$
|
¾
|
|
$
|
¾
|
|
State
and municipal tax-exempt
|
|
|
13,200
|
|
|
(137
|
)
|
|
13,200
|
|
|
(137
|
)
|
|
¾
|
|
|
¾
|
|
US
agency mortgage-backed securities
|
|
|
53,969
|
|
|
(1,016
|
)
|
|
37,918
|
|
|
(532
|
)
|
|
16,051
|
|
|
(484
|
)
|
Total
|
|
$
|
101,963
|
|
$
|
(1,588
|
)
|
$
|
85,912
|
|
$
|
(1,104
|
)
|
$
|
16,051
|
|
$
|
(484
|
)
|
DNB
has
$84 million in securities available for sale, which have had fair values below
book value for at least twelve continuous months at December 31, 2006. The
total
unrealized loss of these securities was $1.4 million. The impaired securities
consist of fixed and variable rate government agency MBS securities. The
unrealized losses on the mortgage-related securities are attributed to extension
risk resulting from slower prepayment speeds in a rising rate environment.
Management believes that the impairment associated with these and all other
securities, where fair value is below book value at December 31, 2006, is only
temporary.
The
amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities as of December
31, 2006, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities may differ
from contractual maturities because certain securities may be called or prepaid
without penalties.
|
|
Held
to Maturity
|
|
Available
for Sale
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Estimated
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Cost
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Cost
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Due
in one year or less
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
$
|
993
|
|
$
|
22,984
|
|
$
|
22,931
|
|
Due
after one year through five years
|
|
|
4,362
|
|
|
4,252
|
|
|
29,814
|
|
|
29,413
|
|
Due
after five years through ten years
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
1,833
|
|
|
5,140
|
|
|
5,013
|
|
Due
after ten years
|
|
|
11,736
|
|
|
11,315
|
|
|
74,830
|
|
|
74,241
|
|
No
stated maturity
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
-
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
38
|
|
Total
investment securities
|
|
$
|
18,931
|
|
$
|
18,393
|
|
$
|
132,805
|
|
$
|
131,636
|
|
DNB
sold
$0, $95.8 million and $9.4 million of securities from the AFS portfolio during
2006, 2005 and 2004. Gains and losses resulting from investment sales,
redemptions or calls were as follows:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Gross
realized gains
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
$
|
509
|
|
$
|
71
|
|
Gross
realized losses
|
|
|
¾
|
|
|
1,171
|
|
|
87
|
|
Net
realized loss
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
$
|
(662
|
)
|
$
|
(16
|
)
|
At
December 31, 2006 and 2005, investment securities with a carrying value of
approximately $101.9 million and $83.2 million, respectively, were pledged
to
secure public funds, repurchase agreements and for other purposes as required
by
law. See Footnote 7 regarding the use of certain securities as
collateral.
(3)
LOANS
AND LEASES
|
|
December
31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Residential
mortgage
|
|
$
|
52,636
|
|
$
|
43,738
|
|
Commercial
mortgage
|
|
|
99,493
|
|
|
88,921
|
|
Commercial
|
|
|
99,572
|
|
|
83,156
|
|
Leases
|
|
|
22,994
|
|
|
23,934
|
|
Consumer
|
|
|
54,771
|
|
|
48,381
|
|
Total
loans and leases
|
|
$
|
329,466
|
|
$
|
288,130
|
|
Less
allowance for credit losses
|
|
|
(4,226
|
)
|
|
(4,420
|
)
|
Net
loans and leases
|
|
$
|
325,240
|
|
$
|
283,710
|
|
Included
in the loan portfolio are loans for which DNB has ceased the accrual of interest
(i.e. Non-accrual loans). Loans of approximately $715,000, $1.1 million and
$389,000 as of
December
31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, were on a non-accrual basis. DNB also
had
loans of approximately $106,000, $46,000
and
$36,000 that were 90 days or more delinquent, but still accruing as of December
31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. If contractual interest income had been
recorded on non-accrual loans, interest would have been increased as shown
in
the following table:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Interest
income which would have been recorded
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
under
original terms
|
|
$
|
56
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
Interest
income recorded during the year
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Net
impact on interest income
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
DNB
had
$3.7 million of loans, which, although performing at December 31, 2006, are
believed to require increased supervision and review, and may, depending on
the
economic environment and other factors, become non-performing assets in future
periods. There was $3.7 million of such loans at December 31, 2005. The majority
of these loans are secured by commercial real estate with lesser amounts being
secured by residential real estate, inventory and receivables.
DNB
has a
significant concentration of residential and commercial mortgage loans
collateralized by first mortgage liens on properties located in Chester County.
DNB did not have any concentration of loans to borrowers engaged in similar
activities that exceed 10% of total loans at December 31, 2006, except for
loans
of approximately $49.9 million relating to commercial real-estate buildings.
See
Footnote 7 regarding the use of certain loans as collateral.
(4)
ALLOWANCE
FOR CREDIT LOSSES
Changes
in the allowance for credit losses, for the years indicated, are as
follows:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Beginning
balance
|
|
$
|
4,420
|
|
$
|
4,436
|
|
$
|
4,559
|
|
Provisions
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Loans
charged off
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
(113
|
)
|
Leases
charged off
|
|
|
(360
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
Recoveries
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
65
|
|
Net
(charge-offs) recoveries
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
(123
|
)
|
Ending
balance
|
|
$
|
4,226
|
|
$
|
4,420
|
|
$
|
4,436
|
|
There
were no provisions for credit losses made during the periods ended December
31,
2006, 2005 and 2004, since management determined the allowance for credit losses
was adequate based on its analysis. For a detailed discussion on DNB’s reserving
methodology, refer to “Item 1 - Determination of the allowance for credit losses
which can be found under Critical Accounting Policies and
Estimates”.
Impaired
loans are those for which the Company has recorded a specific reserve.
Information regarding impaired loans is presented as follows:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Total
recorded investment
|
|
$
|
641
|
|
$
|
916
|
|
$
|
216
|
|
Average
recorded investment
|
|
|
962
|
|
|
1,118
|
|
|
1,083
|
|
Specific
allowance allocation
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
cash collected
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
2,249
|
|
Interest
income recorded
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
133
|
|
(5)
OFFICE
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
|
|
Estimated
|
|
December
31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Useful
Lives
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
611
|
|
$
|
611
|
|
Buildings
|
|
|
5-31.5
years
|
|
|
7,065
|
|
|
5,927
|
|
Furniture,
fixtures and equipment
|
|
|
2-20
years
|
|
|
11,468
|
|
|
10,675
|
|
Total
cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,144
|
|
|
17,213
|
|
Less
accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,445
|
)
|
|
(10,480
|
)
|
Office
property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,699
|
|
$
|
6,733
|
|
Amounts
charged to operating expense for depreciation for the years ended December
31,
2006, 2005 and 2004 amounted to $965,000, $867,000 and $838,000,
respectively.
On
November 18, 2005, the Bank sold its operations center and an adjunct
administrative office at 104-106 Brandywine Avenue, to an unaffiliated buyer
for
$1,700,000 and leased the Property from the buyer for an initial term ending
December 1, 2010, on a triple net basis for an initial annual basic lease rental
of approximately $176,000. The lease gives the Bank successive options to renew
its term for three additional terms of five years each at a basic rent to be
established at a fair market rental taking into account all of the terms and
conditions of this lease, and an option to terminate the lease at any time
on
120 days prior notice.
(6)
DEPOSITS
Included
in interest bearing time deposits are certificates of deposit issued in amounts
of $100,000 or more. These certificates and their remaining maturities were
as
follows:
|
|
December
31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Three
months or less
|
|
$
|
14,420
|
|
$
|
7,082
|
|
Over
three through six months
|
|
|
15,147
|
|
|
4,539
|
|
Over
six through twelve months
|
|
|
16,235
|
|
|
7,760
|
|
Over
one year through two years
|
|
|
1,940
|
|
|
5,832
|
|
Over
two years
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
3,666
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
48,317
|
|
$
|
28,879
|
|
(7)
FHLB
ADVANCES AND SHORT-TERM BORROWED FUNDS
DNB’s
short-term borrowed funds consist of borrowings at the Federal Home Loan Bank
(FHLB) of Pittsburgh, repurchase agreements and Federal funds purchased.
Repurchase agreements and Federal funds purchased generally represent one-day
borrowings. Borrowings at the FHLB consist of overnight and 90 day borrowings.
DNB had $45.1 million with an average rate of 3.90% in repurchase agreements
at
December 31, 2006.
DNB
had
$15.0 million in overnight FHLB borrowings
at
December 31, 2006.
In
addition to short-term borrowings, DNB maintains other borrowing arrangements
with the FHLB. DNB has a maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB of approximately
$127.0 million. At December 31, 2006, DNB had $40.5 million of outstanding
advances, which mature at various dates through the year-ended December 31,
2015, as shown in the table below. The $40 million of advances maturing in
2009
and thereafter are convertible term advances and are callable, at the FHLB’s
option, at various dates starting on January 25, 2007. If an advance is called
by the FHLB, DNB has the option of repaying the borrowing, or continue to borrow
at three month Libor plus 10-14 basis points, depending on the advance. FHLB
advances may be collateralized by a pledge of unencumbered investment
securities, certain mortgage loans or a lien on the Bank’s FHLB
stock.
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Average
Rate
|
|
Amount
|
|
Due
by December 31, 2007
|
|
|
3.57
|
%
|
$
|
450
|
|
Due
by December 31, 2009
|
|
|
5.45
|
|
|
7,000
|
|
Due
by December 31, 2011
|
|
|
5.84
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
5.86
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
Total
|
|
|
5.71
|
%
|
$
|
40,450
|
|
(8)
CAPITAL
LEASE OBLIGATIONS
Included
in other borrowings is a long-term capital lease agreement, which relates to
DNB’s West Goshen branch. As of December 31, 2006 the branch has a carrying
amount of $503,000, net of accumulated depreciation of $247,000, and is included
in the balance of office properties and equipment in the accompanying statements
of financial condition. The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease
payments, together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments,
as
of December 31, 2006:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
Year
ended December 31
|
|
Amount
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
2008
|
|
|
106
|
|
2009
|
|
|
106
|
|
2010
|
|
|
106
|
|
2011
|
|
|
106
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
Total
minimum lease payments
|
|
|
1,659
|
|
Less
amount representing interest
|
|
|
(970
|
)
|
Present
value of net minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
689
|
|
(9)
JUNIOR
SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
DNB
has
two issuances of junior subordinated debentures (the "debentures") as follows.
The majority of the proceeds of each issuance were invested in DNB’s subsidiary,
DNB First, National Association, to increase the Bank's capital levels. The
junior subordinated debentures issued in each case qualify as a component of
capital for regulatory purposes.
DNB
Capital Trust I
DNB’s
first issuance of junior subordinated debentures was on July 20, 2001. This
issuance of debentures are floating rate and were issued to DNB Capital Trust
I,
a Delaware business trust in which DNB owns all of the common equity. DNB
Capital Trust I issued $5.0 million of floating rate (6 month Libor plus 3.75%,
with a cap of 12%) capital preferred securities to a qualified institutional
buyer. The proceeds of these securities were used by the Trust, along with
DNB's
capital contribution, to purchase $5,155,000 principal amount of DNB's floating
rate junior subordinated debentures. The preferred securities have been
redeemable since July 25, 2006 and must be redeemed upon maturity of the
debentures on July 25, 2031.
DNB
Capital Trust II
DNB’s
second issuance of junior subordinated debentures was on March 30, 2005. This
issuance of debentures are floating rate and were issued to DNB Capital Trust
II, a Delaware business trust in which DNB owns all of the common equity. DNB
Capital Trust II issued $4 million of floating rate (the rate is fixed at 6.56%
for the first 5 years and will adjust at a rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 1.77%
thereafter) capital preferred securities. The proceeds of these securities
were
used by the Trust, along with DNB's capital contribution, to purchase $4.1
million principal amount of DNB's floating rate junior subordinated debentures.
The preferred securities are redeemable by DNB on or after May 23, 2010, or
earlier in the event of certain adverse tax or bank regulatory developments.
The
preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures on May
23,
2035.
(10)
FAIR
VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair
value assumptions, methods, and estimates are set forth below for DNB’s
financial instruments.
Limitations
Fair
value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market
information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect
any
premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time DNB’s
entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists
for a significant portion of DNB’s financial instruments, fair value estimates
are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current
economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments,
and
other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be
determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect
the
estimates.
The
following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each
class of financial instruments.
Cash,
Federal Funds Sold, Investment Securities, Accrued Interest Receivable and
Accrued Interest Payable
The
carrying amounts for short-term investments (cash and Federal funds sold) and
accrued interest receivable and payable approximate fair value. The fair value
of investment securities is estimated based on bid prices published in financial
newspapers or bid quotations received from securities dealers. The carrying
amount of non-readily marketable equity securities approximates liquidation
value.
Loans
Fair
values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial
characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as commercial, commercial
mortgages, residential mortgages, consumer and student loans, and non-accrual
loans. The fair value of performing loans is calculated by discounting expected
cash flows using an estimated market discount rate. Expected cash flows include
both contractual cash flows and prepayments of loan balances. Prepayments on
consumer loans were determined using the median of estimates of securities
dealers for mortgage-backed investment pools.
The
estimated discount rate considers credit and interest rate risk inherent in
the
loan portfolios and other factors such as liquidity premiums and incremental
servicing costs to an investor. Management has made estimates of fair value
discount rates that it believes to be reasonable. However, because there is
no
market for many of these financial instruments, management has no basis to
determine whether the fair value presented below would be indicative of the
value negotiated in an actual sale.
The
fair
value for non-accrual loans was derived through a discounted cash flow analysis,
which includes the opportunity costs of carrying a non-performing asset. An
estimated discount rate was used for all non-accrual loans, based on the
probability of loss and the expected time to recovery.
Deposits
and Borrowings
The
fair
value of deposits with no stated -maturity, such as non-interest-bearing
deposits, savings, NOW and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable
on demand at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The fair values of time deposits and
borrowings are based on the present value of contractual cash flows. The
discount rates used to compute present values are estimated using the rates
currently offered for deposits of similar maturities in DNB’s marketplace and
rates currently being offered for borrowings of similar maturities.
Off-balance-sheet
Instruments
Off-balance-sheet
instruments are primarily comprised of loan commitments, which are generally
priced at market at the time of funding. Fees on commitments to extend credit
and stand-by letters of credit are deemed to be immaterial and these instruments
are expected to be settled at face value or expire unused. It is impractical
to
assign any fair value to these instruments. At December 31, 2006 and 2005,
un-funded loan commitments totaled $62.1 million and $50.1 million,
respectively. Stand-by letters of credit totaled $7.6 million and $7.0 million
at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The
following tables summarize information for all on-balance-sheet financial
instruments.
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Fair
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Fair
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Amount
|
|
Value
|
|
Amount
|
|
Value
|
|
Financial
assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and Federal funds sold
|
|
$
|
24,227
|
|
$
|
24,227
|
|
$
|
22,183
|
|
$
|
22,183
|
|
Investment
securities - AFS
|
|
|
131,636
|
|
|
131,636
|
|
|
116,074
|
|
|
116,074
|
|
Investment
securities - HTM
|
|
|
18,931
|
|
|
18,393
|
|
|
30,673
|
|
|
29,954
|
|
Net
loans and leases
|
|
|
325,240
|
|
|
319,190
|
|
|
283,710
|
|
|
288,379
|
|
Accrued
interest receivable
|
|
|
2,420
|
|
|
2,420
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
|
2,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits
|
|
|
381,027
|
|
|
361,444
|
|
|
339,627
|
|
|
312,607
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
110,538
|
|
|
109,720
|
|
|
99,880
|
|
|
102,125
|
|
Accrued
interest payable
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
1,061
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
939
|
|
(11)
FEDERAL
INCOME TAXES
Income
tax expense (benefit) was comprised of the following:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Current
tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
425
|
|
$
|
429
|
|
$
|
635
|
|
State
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Deferred
income tax (benefit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(384
|
)
|
|
(518
|
)
|
|
(131
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Income
tax expense (benefit)
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
$
|
(89
|
)
|
$
|
504
|
|
The
effective income tax rates of 2% for 2006, (4%) for 2005 and 63% for 2004 were
different than the applicable statutory Federal income tax rate of 34%. The
reason for these differences follows:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Federal
income taxes at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
608
|
|
$
|
700
|
|
$
|
273
|
|
Decrease
resulting from:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Low
income housing credits
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
(36
|
)
|
Tax-exempt
interest and dividend preference
|
|
|
(498
|
)
|
|
(394
|
)
|
|
(419
|
)
|
Change
in valuation allowance
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
(308
|
)
|
|
733
|
|
Bank
owned life insurance
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
(73
|
)
|
|
(71
|
)
|
Other,
net increase (decrease)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
24
|
|
Income
tax (benefit) expense
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
$
|
(89
|
)
|
$
|
504
|
|
The
tax
effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of
the
deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented
below:
|
|
December
31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Deferred
tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance
for credit losses
|
|
$
|
1,437
|
|
$
|
1,503
|
|
Unrealized
losses on securities available for sale
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
512
|
|
Unrealized
loss on pension obiligation
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
384
|
|
AMT
credit carryforward
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
239
|
|
Low
income housing tax credit carryforward
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
314
|
|
Capital
loss disallowance
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
425
|
|
Unvested
stock awards
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
31
|
|
Deferred
gain on sale / leaseback on buildings
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
270
|
|
Deferred
compensation (SERP)
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
—
|
|
Non
accrued interest
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
87
|
|
Charitable
contributions carryover
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
—
|
|
Joint
venture difference
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
43
|
|
Total
gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
3,946
|
|
|
3,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
(272
|
)
|
|
(333
|
)
|
Pension
expense
|
|
|
(293
|
)
|
|
(327
|
)
|
Tax
bad debt reserve
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
(142
|
)
|
Bank
shares tax credit
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
(68
|
)
|
Prepaid
expenses
|
|
|
(193
|
)
|
|
(187
|
)
|
Total
gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(993
|
)
|
|
(1,057
|
)
|
Valuation
allowance
|
|
|
(454
|
)
|
|
(425
|
)
|
Net
deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
2,499
|
|
$
|
2,326
|
|
In
2004,
DNB recorded a valuation allowance of $733,000. The valuation allowance relates
to the $2,283,968 other-than-temporary impairment write-down of preferred stock,
which DNB believed was not more likely than not to be realized. Based upon
DNB’s
current tax history and the anticipated level of future taxable income,
management believed the remaining net deferred tax asset would, more likely
than
not, be realized.
With
regards to the previously recorded valuation allowance, DNB recognized a pre-tax
other-than-temporary impairment charge during 2004 totaling $2.3 million or
24%
of the book value on four agency preferred stock issues totaling $9.98 million.
The other-than-temporary impairment charges were recognized due to the negative
impact on the market value of these securities caused by the ongoing accounting,
management, and regulatory oversight issues confronting Fannie Mae and Freddie
Mac.
DNB
was
required to recognize other-than-temporary impairment under guidance provided
by
the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB115) and the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC). The perpetual preferred agency securities that DNB
owned at December 31, 2004 (preferred stock) were “Capital Assets” as defined
under Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Section 1221. In general, when the preferred
stock securities would be sold or disposed of, any net gain or loss on such
securities would generate a capital gain or capital loss. It was anticipated
that the sale of the preferred stock securities would give rise to a realized
capital loss for income tax purposes. Realized capital losses can only be used
to offset capital gain income and not ordinary taxable income from operations
(IRC Section 1211(a). To the extent a corporate taxpayer is unable to utilize
a
net realized capital loss, such losses can be carried forward to each of the
5
taxable years succeeding such loss year (IRC Section 1212(a)(1)(B)). If
unutilized after 5 taxable years, such capital losses will expire unused.
Neither DNB, nor its wholly owned subsidiary DNB First, National Association,
had a history of generating such capital gains within the past 3 tax years,
nor
did the management of DNB anticipate that it would generate such capital gains
within five (5) years of the anticipated sale of these securities. When the
impairment charge was recognized, DNB contemplated selling some or all of these
securities during 2005. The 5 year period to recover the capital loss would
start when these securities were sold. At December 31, 2004, DNB did not
anticipate recognizing gains from the sale of any capital assets that it may
have held as of this date (including these preferred stock securities) during
the next 5 - 6 years. As a result, management determined that it was more likely
than not that the income tax benefits associated with the above impairment
write
down would not be realizable and accordingly recorded a valuation allowance
for
deferred tax asset in the amount of $733,000.
During
2005, DNB reversed a portion of the previously recorded valuation allowance
for
deferred tax assets and recognized a related income tax benefit of $308,000.
A
significant portion of the reversal was associated with a tax capital gain
recognized on the sale of two operations buildings, as well as an additional
reversal made in connection with the sale of agency preferred securities, both
of which are considered “Capital Assets” as defined under Internal Revenue Code
(IRC) Section 1221.
During
2006, DNB increased the valuation allowance for federal tax assets by $25,000
related to additional capital loss tax benefits that management believes will
not be realized.
During
2006, DNB recorded an income tax benefit of $25,000 relating to the exercise
of
stock options by employees and directors. This benefit was credited to surplus.
In addition, DNB had AMT and low-income housing tax credit (LIHC)
carryforwards, as of December 31, 2006, of $381,000 and $407,000, respectively.
The AMT credit carryforward has an indefinite life. The LIHC carryforward has
a
life of twenty years and will expire in the year 2023, if not used. DNB also
has
a charitable contribution carryover of $141,000 at December 31, 2006, which
will
expire on December 31, 2011 if not utilized.
(12)
EARNINGS
PER SHARE
Basic
earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed based on the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS reflects the potential
dilution that could occur from the exercise of stock options and is computed
using the treasury stock method. The difference between basic and diluted EPS,
for DNB, is attributable to stock options and unvested stock. Stock options
and
unvested stock awards for which the exercise or the grant price exceeds the
average market price over the period have an anti-dilutive effect on EPS and,
accordingly, are excluded from the calculation. At December 31, 2006, there
were
115,202 anti-dilutive stock options outstanding as well as 13,528 anti-dilutive
stock awards. At December 31, 2005, there were 90,000 anti-dilutive stock
options outstanding and 16,884 anti-dilutive stock awards and at December 31,
2004 there were 41,500 anti-dilutive stock options outstanding. EPS, dividends
per share, and weighted average shares outstanding have been adjusted to reflect
the effect of the 5% stock dividend paid in December 2006. The dilutive effect
of stock options on basic earnings per share is presented below.
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
(In
thousands,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
except
share data)
|
|
Income
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Income
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
Income
|
|
Shares
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income
available to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
$
|
0.70
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
|
2,183
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
Diluted
EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect
of dilutive common
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
stock
options
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
(.01
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
(.01
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
—
|
|
Income
available to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
|
2,518
|
|
$
|
0.69
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
|
2,249
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
|
2,218
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
(13)
OTHER
COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) -INCOME
The
tax
effects allocated to each component of “Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income” are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
Before-Tax
|
|
Benefit
|
|
Net-of-Tax
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Amount
|
|
(Expense)
|
|
Amount
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
losses on securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arising
during the period
|
|
$
|
348
|
|
$
|
(118
|
)
|
$
|
230
|
|
Less
reclassification for gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included
in net income
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
5
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
Other
Comprehensive Income
|
|
$
|
335
|
|
$
|
(113
|
)
|
$
|
222
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
losses on securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arising
during the period
|
|
$
|
(2,071
|
)
|
$
|
699
|
|
$
|
(1,372
|
)
|
Less
reclassification for losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included
in net income
|
|
|
662
|
|
|
(225
|
)
|
|
437
|
|
Unrealized
actuarial losses - pension
|
|
|
(1,129
|
)
|
|
384
|
|
|
(745
|
)
|
Other
Comprehensive Loss
|
|
$
|
(2,538
|
)
|
$
|
858
|
|
$
|
(1,680
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31, 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
losses on securities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrealized
holding gains
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arising
during the period
|
|
$
|
1,497
|
|
$
|
(508
|
)
|
$
|
989
|
|
Reclass
for other-than-temporary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
impairment
charge
|
|
|
(1,347
|
)
|
|
458
|
|
|
(889
|
)
|
Less
reclassification for losses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
included
in net income
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
11
|
|
Other
Comprehensive Income
|
|
$
|
134
|
|
$
|
(45
|
)
|
$
|
89
|
|
(14)
BENEFIT
PLANS
Pension
Plan
The
Bank
maintains a defined benefit pension plan (the “Plan”) covering all employees,
including officers, who have been employed for one year and have attained 21
years of age. Prior to May 1, 1985, an individual must have attained the
age of 25 and accrued one year of service. The Plan provides pension benefits
to
eligible retired employees at 65 years of age equal to 1.5% of their average
monthly pay multiplied by their years of accredited service (maximum 40 years).
The accrued benefit is based on the monthly average of their highest five
consecutive years of their last ten years of service. The Plan generally covers
only full-time employees.
Effective
December 31, 2003, DNB amended its Plan so that no participants will earn
additional benefits under the Plan after December 31, 2003. As a result of
this
amendment, no further service or compensation will be credited under the Plan
after December 31, 2003. The Plan, although frozen, will continue to provide
benefit payments and employees can still earn vesting credits until
retirement.
The
following table sets forth the Plan’s funded status, as of the measurement dates
of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and amounts recognized in DNB’s consolidated
financial statements at December 31, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
December
31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Projected
Benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
(6,850
|
)
|
$
|
(6,641
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
benefit obligation
|
|
|
(6,850
|
)
|
|
(6,641
|
)
|
Fair
value of plan assets
|
|
|
6,866
|
|
|
6,475
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
recognized in the statement of financial position consist of:
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
963
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
Funded
status
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
$
|
(166
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts
recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of:
|
|
|
|
Net
loss
|
|
|
847
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
Net
transition obligation (asset)
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
847
|
|
$
|
1,129
|
|
The
amounts and changes in DNB’s pension benefit obligation and fair value of plan
assets for the year ended December 31, 2006 are as follows:
|
|
Year
ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Change
in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit
obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
6,641
|
|
$
|
6,362
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
391
|
|
Actuarial
loss
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
349
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(387
|
)
|
|
(461
|
)
|
Benefit
obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
6,850
|
|
$
|
6,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change
in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
value of assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
6,475
|
|
$
|
6,552
|
|
Actual
return on plan assets
|
|
|
778
|
|
|
384
|
|
Employer
contribution
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Benefits
paid
|
|
|
(387
|
)
|
|
(461
|
)
|
Fair
value of assets at end of year
|
|
$
|
6,866
|
|
$
|
6,475
|
|
The
Plan’s assets are invested using an asset allocation strategy in units of
certain equity, bond, real estate and money market funds.
Net
periodic pension costs for the years indicated include the following
components:
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Service
cost
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
Interest
cost
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
372
|
|
Expected
return on plan assets
|
|
|
(409
|
)
|
|
(414
|
)
|
|
(402
|
)
|
Amortization
of transition asset
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Recognized
net actuarial loss
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
47
|
|
Net
periodic cost
|
|
$
|
101
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
Assumptions
used:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount
rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Rate
of increase in compensation level
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Expected
long-term rate of return on assets
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
6.50
|
|
|
7.00
|
|
DNB’s
estimated future benefit payments are as follows:
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Benefits
|
|
2007
|
|
$
|
387
|
|
2008
|
|
|
386
|
|
2009
|
|
|
400
|
|
2010
|
|
|
401
|
|
2011
|
|
|
380
|
|
2012-2016
|
|
|
2,102
|
|
On
November 24, 1999, the Bank and Henry F. Thorne, its then current Chief
Executive Officer (the “Executive”), entered into a Death Benefit Agreement
providing for supplemental death and retirement benefits for him (the
“Supplemental Plan”). The Supplemental Plan provided that the Bank and the
Executive share in the rights to the cash surrender value and death benefits
of
a split-dollar life insurance policy (the “Policy”) and provided for additional
compensation to the Executive, equal to any income tax consequences related
to
the Supplemental Plan until retirement. The Policy is designed to provide
the
Executive, upon attaining age 65, with projected annual after-tax distributions
of approximately $35,000, funded by loans against the cash surrender value
of
the Policy. In addition, the Policy is intended to provide the Executive
with a
projected death benefit of $750,000. Neither the insurance company nor the
Bank
guaranteed any minimum cash value under the Supplemental Plan.
On
December 23, 2003, the Supplemental Plan was replaced by a Retirement and
Death
Benefit Agreement (the “Replacement Plan”). Pursuant to the Replacement Plan,
ownership of the Policy was transferred to the Bank to comply with certain
Federal income tax law changes, and the Bank may establish a trust for the
purpose of funding the benefits to be provided under the Replacement Plan,
or
the Bank’s obligations under the Replacement Plan and similar agreements or
plans which it may enter into or establish for the benefit of the Executive,
other employees of the Bank, or both.
The
Replacement Plan provides that if the Executive remains employed continuously
by
the Bank until age 65, he shall, upon his termination of employment for any
reason other than Cause, receive an annual retirement benefit of $34,915,
payable monthly, from the date of his termination of employment until his
death.
If Executive’s employment with the Bank terminates prior to age 65 for any
reason other than Cause, he will be entitled to an annual retirement benefit
payable monthly commencing the month after he reaches age 65 until his death,
but in this event his annual retirement benefit will be equal to that proportion
of the $34,915 annual benefit his actual years of service with the Bank bears
to
the years of service he would have completed had he remained employed
continuously by the Bank until age 65. In either case, he will also be entitled
to receive monthly a tax allowance calculated, subject to certain assumptions,
to substantially compensate him for his federal and state income, employment
and
excise tax liabilities attributable to the retirement benefit and the tax
allowance.
Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan for Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
On
December 20, 2006, the Board of Directors of DNB Financial Corporation approved
a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (also known as a SERP) for its Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer, William S. Latoff. The purpose of the SERP is
to
provide Mr. Latoff a pension supplement beginning at age 70 for 10 years in
approximately equal amounts each year and to compensate him for the loss of
retirement plan funding opportunities from his other business interests because
of his commitments to DNB as Chairman and CEO. Mr. Latoff was age 55 when DNB
hired him as Chairman and CEO. Pursuant to the SERP, DNB proposes to make annual
contributions of $70,000 prior to December 31 each year, commencing in 2006,
until 2018, the year in which Mr. Latoff turns age 70, for a total of 13
installments. These contributions will be funded under a Trust Agreement (also
known as a rabbi trust) between DNB Financial Corporation, as grantor, and
its
wholly owned subsidiary DNB First, National Association, as trustee, which
was
also approved by the Board of Directors of DNB Financial Corporation on December
20, 2006.
401(k)
Retirement Savings Plan
During
the fourth quarter of 1994, the Bank adopted a retirement savings plan intended
to comply with Section 40l(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Prior to
January 1, 2004, employees became eligible to participate after 6 months of
service, and would thereafter participate in the 401(k) plan for any year in
which they have been employed by the Bank for at least 501 hours. Effective
January 1, 2004, employees were eligible to participate in the plan immediately
after hire and regardless of the hours they were employed in any year. Effective
July 1, 2005 all employees, with the exception of on-call employees, were
eligible to participate in the plan immediately after hire and regardless of
the
hours they were employed in any year. In general, amounts held in a
participant’s account are not distributable until the participant terminates
employment with the Bank, reaches age 59½, dies or becomes permanently
disabled.
Participants
are permitted to authorize pre-tax savings contributions, and beginning July
1,
2006, after-tax contributions, to a separate trust established under the 401(k)
plan, subject to limitations on deductibility of contributions imposed by the
Internal Revenue Code. The Bank makes matching contributions of $.25 for every
dollar of deferred salary, up to 6% of each participant’s annual compensation.
Each participant is 100% vested at all times in employee and employer
contributions. The Corporation’s matching contributions to the 40l(k) plan was
$94,000, $81,000 and $66,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Profit
Sharing Plan
The
Bank
initiated a Profit Sharing Plan for eligible employees in 2004. Under the plan,
employees are immediately eligible for benefits and will be 100% vested after
3
years of service. In order to receive the profit sharing contribution an
employee must be employed on the last day of each plan year to participate
in
benefits. The plan provides that the Bank will make contributions beginning
in
2005 for the 2004 plan year equal to 3% of the eligible participant’s W-2 wages.
Safe
Harbor Contribution
-
Beginning
January 1, 2005, the Bank adopted a safe harbor plan, which requires a 3%
qualified non-elective contribution to be made to any employee with wages in
the
current year. Vesting is 100% at all times.
DNB’s
related expense associated with the Profit Sharing Plan was $252,000, $187,000
and $178,000 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Stock
Option Plan
DNB
has a
Stock Option Plan for employees and directors. Under the plan, options (both
qualified and non-qualified) to purchase a maximum of 612,732 shares of DNB’s
common stock could be issued to employees and directors.
Under
the
plan, option exercise prices must equal the fair market value of the shares
on
the date of option grant and the option exercise period may not exceed ten
years. Vesting of options under the plan is determined by the Plan Committee.
There were 112,763,
86,526
and 210,395 shares available for grant at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004,
respectively.
The
per
share weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during 2005 and
2004
was $6.87 and $7.52 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option
valuation model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants
for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Dividend
yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.99
|
%
|
|
2.05
|
%
|
Expected
volatility
|
|
|
|
|
|
25.05
|
|
|
25.13
|
|
Risk-free
interest rate
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.45
|
|
|
4.21
|
|
Expected
lives (in years)
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
|
10.00
|
|
Stock
option activity is indicated below. Stock options have been adjusted for the
5%
stock dividends in December of 2006, 2005 and 2004.
|
|
Number
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
Outstanding
January 1, 2004
|
|
|
180,857
|
|
$
|
16.69
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
45,754
|
|
|
23.92
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(33,077
|
)
|
|
14.16
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(1,806
|
)
|
|
22.68
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2004
|
|
|
191,729
|
|
|
18.80
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
126,079
|
|
|
21.16
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(12,100
|
)
|
|
13.24
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(2,209
|
)
|
|
23.89
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
303,498
|
|
|
19.96
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(7,005
|
)
|
|
9.59
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(26,236
|
)
|
|
21.41
|
|
Outstanding
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
270,258
|
|
$
|
20.09
|
|
The
weighted-average price and weighted average remaining contractual life for
the
outstanding options are listed below for the dates indicated. All outstanding
options are exercisable.
|
|
December
31, 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
Price
|
|
Remaining
Contractual Life
|
|
8.00-10.99
|
|
|
10,764
|
|
|
9.69
|
|
|
3.50
years
|
|
11.00-13.99
|
|
|
16,388
|
|
|
11.96
|
|
|
3.12
years
|
|
14.00-19.99
|
|
|
127,903
|
|
|
18.30
|
|
|
6.98
years
|
|
20.00-23.99
|
|
|
69,449
|
|
|
23.36
|
|
|
5.43
years
|
|
24.00-25.49
|
|
|
45,754
|
|
|
25.49
|
|
|
8.30
years
|
|
Total
|
|
|
270,258
|
|
$
|
20.09
|
|
|
6.43
years
|
|
Stock-Based
Compensation
DNB
maintains an Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan. The plan provides
that up to 231,525 (as adjusted for subsequent stock dividends) shares of common
stock may be granted, at the discretion of the Board, to individuals of the
Company. During 2006 and 2005, DNB granted 0 and 18,390 shares of unvested
stock, issuable on the earlier of three years after the date of the grant or
a
change in control of DNB if the recipients are then employed by DNB (“Vest
Date”). Upon issuance of the shares, resale of the shares is unvested for an
additional two years, during which the shares may not be sold, pledged or
otherwise disposed of. Prior to the Vest Date and in the event the recipient
terminates association with DNB for reasons other than death, disability or
change in control, the recipient forfeits all rights to the shares that would
otherwise be issued under the grant. Share awards granted by the plan were
recorded at the date of award based on the market value of shares. Awards are
being amortized to expense over the three-year cliff-vesting period. During
this
three-year period, DNB records compensation expense equal to the value of the
shares being amortized. For the year ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, $133,000
and $92,000, respectively was amortized to expense. At December 31, 2006 and
2005, 218,659 and 213,797 shares were reserved for future grants under the
plan.
There were no shares granted prior to 2005.
Stock
grant activity is indicated below. The shares have been adjusted for the 5%
stock dividends in December 2005 and 2006.
|
|
Shares
|
|
Outstanding
- January 1, 2005
|
|
|
¾
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
18,390
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(662
|
)
|
Outstanding
- December 31, 2005
|
|
|
17,728
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
¾
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(4,862
|
)
|
Outstanding
- December 31, 2006
|
|
|
12,866
|
|
(15)
COMMITMENTS,
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK
In
the
normal course of business, various commitments and contingent liabilities are
outstanding, such as guarantees and commitments to extend credit, borrow money
or act in a fiduciary capacity, which are not reflected in the consolidated
financial statements. Management does not anticipate any significant losses
as a
result of these commitments.
DNB
had
outstanding stand-by letters of credit in the amount of approximately $7.6
million and un-funded loan and lines of credit totaling $62.1 million at
December 31, 2006, of which, $66.8 million was variable rate and $2.9 million
was fixed rate.
These
instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate
risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet. The exposure
to
credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the party to the financial
instrument for commitments to extend credit and stand-by letters of credit
is
represented by the contractual amount. Management uses the same credit policies
in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance-sheet instruments.
Stand-by
letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by DNB to guarantee the
performance or repayment of a financial obligation of a customer to a third
party. Those guarantees are primarily issued to support public and private
borrowing arrangements. The credit risks involved in issuing letters of credit
are essentially the same as those involved in extending loan facilities to
customers. DNB holds various collateral to support these
commitments.
Commitments
to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no
violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally
have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment
of a fee. DNB evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case
-basis. The amount of collateral, if any, obtained upon the extension of credit,
usually consists of real estate, but may include securities, property or other
assets.
DNB
maintains borrowing arrangements with a correspondent bank and the FHLB of
Pittsburgh, as well as access to the discount window at the Federal Reserve
Bank
of Philadelphia to meet short-term liquidity needs. Through these relationships,
DNB has available credit of approximately $127.0 million.
Approximately
$96.8 million of assets are held by DNB Advisors in a fiduciary or agency
-capacity. These assets are not assets of DNB, and are not included in the
consolidated financial statements.
DNB
is a
party to a number of lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business. While
any litigation causes an element of uncertainty, management is of the opinion
that the liability, if any, resulting from the actions, will not have a material
effect on the accompanying financial statements.
(16)
PARENT
COMPANY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Condensed
financial information of DNB Financial Corporation (parent company only)
follows:
Condensed
Statements of Financial Condition
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
December
31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
$
|
299
|
|
Investment
securities
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
37
|
|
Investment
in subsidiary
|
|
|
40,725
|
|
|
39,489
|
|
Other
assets
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
156
|
|
Total
assets
|
|
$
|
41,084
|
|
$
|
39,981
|
|
Liabilities
and Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Junior
subordinated debentures
|
|
$
|
9,279
|
|
$
|
9,279
|
|
Other
liabilities
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
516
|
|
Total
liabilities
|
|
|
9,673
|
|
|
9,795
|
|
Stockholders’
Equity
|
|
|
31,411
|
|
|
30,186
|
|
Total
liabilities and stockholders’ equity
|
|
$
|
41,084
|
|
$
|
39,981
|
|
Condensed
Statements of Operations
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary
|
|
$
|
1,221
|
|
$
|
1,638
|
|
$
|
(412
|
)
|
Dividends
from subsidiary
|
|
|
1,240
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
|
990
|
|
Total
Income
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
2,709
|
|
|
578
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
expense
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
277
|
|
Other
expenses
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
3
|
|
Total
expense
|
|
|
714
|
|
|
561
|
|
|
280
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Condensed
Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Year
Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
2004
|
|
Cash
Flows From Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
income
|
|
$
|
1,747
|
|
$
|
2,148
|
|
$
|
298
|
|
Adjustments
to reconcile net income to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided
by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiary
|
|
|
(1,221
|
)
|
|
(1,638
|
)
|
|
412
|
|
Unvested
stock amortization
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
—
|
|
Net
change in other liabilities
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
307
|
|
Net
change in other assets
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
9
|
|
Net
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
1,026
|
|
Cash
Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments
for investments in and advances to subsidiaries
|
|
|
258
|
|
|
(9,672
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
Sale
or repayment of investments in and advances to
subsidiaries
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
—
|
|
Purchase
of available for sale security
|
|
|
(
1
|
)
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
—
|
|
Sales
and maturities of available for sale security
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
1,225
|
|
Net
Cash Provided (Used) by Investing Activities
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
(9,676
|
)
|
|
1,225
|
|
Cash
Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds
from advances from subsidiaries
|
|
|
—
|
|
|
4,124
|
|
|
—
|
|
Proceeds
from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
485
|
|
|
5,965
|
|
|
346
|
|
Purchase
of treasury stock
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
(1,391
|
)
|
Dividends
paid
|
|
|
(1,239
|
)
|
|
(1,071
|
)
|
|
(990
|
)
|
Net
Cash (Used) Provided by Financing Activities
|
|
|
(1,064
|
)
|
|
9,013
|
|
|
(2,035
|
)
|
Net
Change in Cash and Cash Equivalents
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
216
|
|
Cash
at Beginning of Period
|
|
|
299
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
99
|
|
Cash
at End of Period
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
$
|
299
|
|
$
|
315
|
|
(17)
REGULATORY
MATTERS
Dividends
payable to the Corporation by the Bank are subject to certain regulatory
limitations. Under normal circumstances, the payment of dividends in any year
without regulatory permission is limited to the net profits (as defined for
regulatory purposes) for that year, plus the retained net profits for the
preceding two calendar years, which amounted to $1.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2006.
Federal
banking agencies impose three minimum capital requirements — Total risk-based,
Tier 1 and Leverage capital. The risk-based capital ratios measure the
adequacy of a bank’s capital against the riskiness of its assets and off-balance
sheet activities. Failure to maintain adequate capital is a basis for “prompt
corrective action” or other regulatory enforcement action. In assessing a bank’s
capital adequacy, regulators also consider other factors such as interest rate
risk exposure; liquidity, funding and market risks; quality and level of
earnings; concentrations of credit, quality of loans and investments; risks
of
any nontraditional activities; effectiveness of bank policies; and management’s
overall ability to monitor and control risks.
Quantitative
measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require DNB to
maintain certain minimum amounts and ratios as set forth below. Management
believes that DNB and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which
they are subject. The Bank is considered “Well Capitalized” under the regulatory
framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as Well Capitalized,
the Bank must maintain minimum ratios as set forth below. There are no
conditions or events since the most recent regulatory notification that
management believes would have changed the Bank’s category. Actual capital
amounts and ratios are presented below.
|
|
|
|
For
Capital
|
|
To
Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
Adequacy
Purposes
|
|
Action
Provisions
|
|
(Dollars
in thousands)
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
Amount
|
|
Ratio
|
|
DNB
Financial Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
risk-based capital
|
|
$
|
45,682
|
|
|
13.29
|
%
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,504
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
34,380
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital
|
|
|
41,384
|
|
|
12.04
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,752
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
20,628
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
Tier
1 (leverage) capital
|
|
|
41,384
|
|
|
8.28
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,987
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
24,984
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
December
31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
risk-based capital
|
|
$
|
43,752
|
|
|
13.77
|
%
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,422
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
31,778
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital
|
|
|
39,773
|
|
|
12.52
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,711
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
19,067
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
Tier
1 (leverage) capital
|
|
|
39,773
|
|
|
8.61
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,468
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
23,085
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DNB
First, N.A.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December
31, 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
risk-based capital
|
|
$
|
45,708
|
|
|
13.32
|
%
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,451
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
34,314
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital
|
|
|
41,419
|
|
|
12.07
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,725
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
20,588
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
Tier
1 (leverage) capital
|
|
|
41,419
|
|
|
8.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,966
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
24,958
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
December
31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
risk-based capital
|
|
$
|
43,770
|
|
|
13.79
|
%
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,389
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
$
|
31,736
|
|
|
10.00
|
%
|
Tier
1 capital
|
|
|
39,797
|
|
|
12.54
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,695
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
19,042
|
|
|
6.00
|
|
Tier
1 (leverage) capital
|
|
|
39,797
|
|
|
8.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,450
|
|
|
4.00
|
|
|
23,063
|
|
|
5.00
|
|
Report
of Indep
ende
nt Registered Public Accounting
Firm
The
Board
of Directors and Stockholders
DNB
Financial Corporation:
We
have
audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of
DNB
Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and
the
related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and
comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year
period ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are
the
responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our
audits.
We
conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining,
on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used
and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In
our
opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of DNB Financial Corporation
and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting
principles.
As
discussed in note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation
adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R,
Share-Based
Payment
,
a
revision of FASB Statement No. 123
,
Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation
,
effective January 1, 2006.
Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania
March
20,
2007
None
DNB’s
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have reviewed and evaluated
the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e)) as of December 31, 2006
,
the end
of the period covered by this report, in accordance with the requirements of
Exchange Act Rule 240.13a-15(b). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive
Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that DNB’s current
disclosure controls and procedures are effective and timely, providing them
with
material information relating to DNB and its subsidiaries required to be
disclosed in the report DNB files under the Exchange Act.
None
The
information required herein with respect to Registrant’s directors and officers
is incorporated by reference to pages 4-7, 13-14 and 21-23 of the Registrant’s
Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and the information
required herein with respect to compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 is incorporated by reference to page 6 of the Registrant’s
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Registrant has
adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the Registrant’s principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller
or persons performing similar functions. The Registrant’s current Code of Ethics
is incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit 14 to this report.
The
information required herein is incorporated by reference to pages
7-32
of
the
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.
(a)
Information Regarding Equity Compensation Plans
The
following table summarizes certain information relating to equity compensation
plans maintained by the Registrant as of December 31, 2006:
Plan
category
|
Number
of securities
to
be issued upon
exercise
of outstanding
options,
warrants
and
rights
|
|
Weighted-average
price
of outstanding
options,
warrants
and
rights
|
|
Number
of securities
remaining
available for future
issuance
under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in
first
column)
|
|
Equity
compensation plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
approved
by security holders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1995
Stock Option Plan
|
270,258
|
|
$20.09
|
|
112,763
|
|
2004
Incentive Equity and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred
Compensation Plan
|
12,866
|
|
N/A
|
|
218,659
|
|
Equity
compensation plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not
approved by security holders
|
¾
|
|
¾
|
|
¾
|
|
Total
|
283,124
|
|
N/A
|
|
331,422
|
|
(b)
The
balance of the information required herein is incorporated by reference to
page
2 of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.
The
information required herein is incorporated by reference to pages 31-32 of
the
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.
The
information required herein is incorporated by reference to page 33 of the
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders.
(a)(1) Financial
Statements.
The
consolidated financial statements listed below, together with an opinion of
KPMG
LLP dated March 20, 2007 with respect thereto, are set forth beginning at page
48 of this report under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data.”
DNB
Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries:
Report
of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated
Statements of Financial Condition
Consolidated
Statements of Operations
Consolidated
Statements of Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income
Consolidated
Statements of Cash Flows
Notes
to
Consolidated Financial Statements
Selected
Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
(a)(2) Not
applicable
(a)(3)
Exhibits, pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K.
The
exhibits listed on the Index to Exhibits on pages 82 - 84 of this report are
incorporated by reference or filed or furnished herewith in response to this
Item.
Pursuant
to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf
by
the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
March
26, 2007
|
|
|
|
BY:
|
/s/ William S. Latoff
|
|
|
William
S. Latoff, Chairman of the
Board
and Chief Executive Officer
|
Pursuant
to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has
been
signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
/s/
William J. Hieb
|
March
26, 2007
|
William
Hieb, President and
|
|
Chief
Operating Officer
|
|
|
|
/s/
Gerald F. Sopp
|
|
Gerald
F. Sopp
|
|
Chief
Financial Officer
|
|
(Principal
Accounting Officer)
|
|
|
|
/s/
Thomas A. Fillippo
|
|
Thomas
A. Fillippo
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/
Mildred C. Joyner
|
|
Mildred
C. Joyner
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/
James J. Koegel
|
|
James
J. Koegel
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/
Eli Silberman
|
|
Eli
Silberman
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
/s/
James H. Thornton
|
March
23, 2007
|
James
H. Thornton
|
|
Vice-Chairman
of the Board
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
No. Under Item
601
of
Regulation S-K
Description
of Exhibit and Filing Information
3
|
(i)
|
Amended
and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended effective June
15,
2001, filed on August 14, 2001, as Item 6(a) to Form 10Q (No. 0-16667)
and
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
(ii)
|
By-laws
of the Registrant as amended December 19, 2001, filed on March 24,
2002 at
Item 3b to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001
(No.
0-16667) and incorporated herein by reference.
|
4
|
|
Registrant
has certain debt obligations outstanding, for none of which do the
instruments defining holders rights authorize an amount of securities
in
excess of 10% of the total assets of the Registrant and its subsidiaries
on a consolidated basis. Registrant agrees to furnish copies of such
agreements to the Commission on request.
|
|
|
Amended
and Restated Change of Control Agreements dated December 20, 2006
between
DNB Financial Corporation and DNB First, N.A. and the following executive
officers, each in the form filed herewith: Ronald K. Dankanich, Bruce
E.
Moroney, C. Tomlinson Kline III, and Richard J. Hartmann.
|
|
(b)**
|
1995
Stock Option Plan of DNB Financial Corporation (as amended and restated,
effective as of April 27, 2004), filed on March 29, 2004 as Appendix
A to
Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders held
April 27, 2004, and incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
(c)*
|
Form
of Change of Control Agreements, as amended November 10, 2003, filed
on
November 14, 2003 as Item 10(e) to Form 8-K (No. 0-16667) and incorporated
herein by reference between DNB Financial Corporation and DNB First,
N.A.
and each of the following Directors: (i) dated November 10, 2005
with
James H. Thornton, James J. Koegel and Eli Silberman, and (ii) dated
February 23, 2005 with Mildred C. Joyner, and dated February 22,
2006 with
Thomas Fillippo.
|
|
(d)***
|
DNB
Financial Corp. Incentive Equity and Deferred Compensation Plan,
filed
March 10, 2005 as item 10(i) to Form 10-K for the fiscal year-ended
December 31, 2004 (No. 0-16667) and incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
(f)*
|
Agreement
of Lease dated February 10, 2005 between Headwaters Associates, a
Pennsylvania general partnership, as Lessor, and DNB First, National
Association as Lessee for a portion of premises at 2 North Church
Street,
West Chester, Pennsylvania, filed March 10, 2005 as Item 10(l) to
Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (No. 0-16667) and
incorporated herein by reference, as amended by Addendum to Agreement
of
Lease dated as of November 15, 2005, filed March 23, 2006 as Item
10(l) to
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (No. 0-16667)
and
incorporated herein by reference, and as further amended by Second
Addendum to Agreement of Lease dated as of May 25, 2006, filed August
14,
2006 as Item 10(l) to Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June
30, 2006
(No. 0-16667) and incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
(g)
|
Marketing
Services Agreement between TSG, INC., a Pennsylvania business corporation
(the "Service Provider") for which Eli Silberman, a Director of
Registrant, is the President and owner dated March 14, 2006, filed
May 10,
2006 as Item 10(m) to Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March
31,
2006 (No. 0-16667) and incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
(h)**
|
Form
of Stock Option Agreement for grants prior to 2005 under the Registrant’s
Stock Option Plan, filed May 11, 2005 as Item 10(n) to Form 10-Q
for the
fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005 (No. 0-16667) and incorporated
herein
by reference.
|
|
(i)**
|
Form
of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for April 18, 2005 and subsequent
grants under the Stock Option Plan, filed May 11, 2005 as Item 10(o)
to
Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2005 (No. 0-16667)
and
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
(j)
|
Agreement
of Sale dated June 1, 2005 between DNB First, National Association
(the
“Bank”), as seller, and Papermill Brandywine Company, LLC, a Pennsylvania
limited liability company, as buyer (“Buyer”) with respect to the sale of
the Bank’s operations center and an adjunct administrative office (the
“Property”) and accompanying (i) Agreement of Lease between the Buyer as
landlord and the Bank as tenant, pursuant to which the Property will
be
leased back to the Bank, and (ii) Parking Easement Agreement to provide
cross easements with respect to the Property, the Buyer’s other adjoining
property and the Bank’s other adjoining property, filed August 15, 2005 as
Item 10(p) to Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2005
(No.
0-16667) and incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
(k)
|
Agreement
of Lease dated November 18, 2005 between Papermill Brandywine Company,
LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (“Papermill”), as Lessor,
and DNB First, National Association as Lessee for the banks operations
center and adjunct administrative office, filed March 23, 2006 as
Item
10(q) to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (No.
0-16667) and incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
(m)**
|
Form
of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement for grants on and after December
22, 2005 under the Stock Option Plan, filed March 23, 2006 as Item
10(s)
to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (No. 0-16667)
and
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
(n)***
|
Deferred
Compensation Plan For Directors of DNB Financial Corporation (adopted
effective October 1, 2006), filed November 14, 2006 as Item 10(s)
to Form
10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2006 (No. 0-16667)
and
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
(o)***
|
DNB
Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (adopted effective
October 1, 2006), filed November 14, 2006 as Item 10(t) to Form 10-Q
for
the fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2006 (No. 0-16667) and incorporated
herein by reference.
|
|
(p)***
|
Trust
Agreement, effective as of October 1, 2006, between DNB Financial
Corporation and DNB First, National Association (Deferred Compensation
Plan), filed November 14, 2006 as Item 10(u) to Form 10-Q for the
fiscal
quarter ended September 30, 2006 (No. 0-16667) and incorporated herein
by
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DNB
Offer Letter to Albert J. Melfi, Jr., dated November 10, 2006, filed
herewith.
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Registrant’s
Statement of Computation of Earnings Per Share is set forth in Footnote
12
to Registrant’s consolidated financial statements at page 67 of this Form
10-K under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Code
of Ethics as amended and restated effective February 23, 2005, filed
March
10, 2005 as Item 10(m) to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December
31,
2004 (No. 0-16667) and incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
Management
contract or compensatory plan arrangement.
|
|
**
|
Shareholder
approved compensatory plan pursuant to which the Registrant’s Common Stock
may be issued to employees of the Corporation.
|
|
***
|
Non-shareholder
approved compensatory plan pursuant to which the Registrant’s Common Stock
may be issued to employees of the
Corporation.
|
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
CORPORATE
HEADQUARTERS
4
Brandywine Avenue
Downingtown,
PA 19335
Tel.
610-269-1040 Fax 484-359-3176
Internet
http://www.dnbfirst.com
FINANCIAL
INFORMATION
Investors,
brokers, security analysts and others desiring financial information
should contact
Gerald
F. Sopp at 484-359-3143 or
gsopp@dnbfirst.com
AUDITORS
KPMG
LLP
1601
Market Street
Philadelphia,
PA 19103-2499
COUNSEL
Stradley,
Ronon, Stevens and
Young,
LLP
30
Valley Stream Parkway
Malvern,
PA 19355
REGISTRAR
AND STOCK TRANSFER AGENT
Registrar
and Transfer Company
10
Commerce Drive
Cranford,
NJ 07016
800-368-5948
MARKET
MAKERS
Boenning
& Scattergood, Inc.
800-842-8928
Ferris,
Baker Watts, Inc.
877-840-0012
Janney
Montgomery Scott, Inc.
800-526-6397
Ryan
Beck & Company
800-223-8969
|
DIRECTORS
William
S. Latoff
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
James
H. Thornton
Vice
Chairman
Thomas
A. Fillippo, Sr.
William
J. Hieb
Mildred
C. Joyner
James
J. Koegel
Eli
Silberman
DIRECTORS
EMERITUS
Ellis
Y. Brown III
Robert
J. Charles
I.
Newton Evans, Jr.
Thomas
R. Greenleaf
Vernon
J. Jameson
Ilario
S. Polite
Henry
F. Thorne
DNB
FIRST, N.A.
DIRECTORS
William
S. Latoff
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
William
J. Hieb
President
and Chief Operating Officer
Thomas
A. Fillippo
Mildred
C. Joyner
James
J. Koegel
Eli
Silberman
James
H. Thornton
|
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS
William
S. Latoff
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
William
J. Hieb
President
and Chief Operating Officer
Ronald
K. Dankanich
Executive
Vice President
Operations,
IT and HR
Richard
J. Hartmann
Executive
Vice President
Retail
Banking and Marketing
Albert
J. Melfi, Jr.
Executive
Vice President
Chief
Lending Officer
Gerald
F. Sopp
Executive
Vice President
Chief
Financial Officer
Bruce
E. Moroney
Executive
Vice President
Chief
Accounting Officer
|
Exhibit
10a
AMENDED
AND RESTATED CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
FOR
BRUCE
E. MORONEY
THIS
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made as
of
December 20, 2006, is by and among DNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Holding
Company"), DNB FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as Downingtown
National Bank), a national banking association with principal offices at 4
Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, PA 19335 ("Bank") (Holding Company and Bank
are
sometimes referred to individually and collectively herein as the "Company")
and
________________
an
individual ("Executive").
Background
A.
On May
5, 1998 Company and Executive entered into an agreement pursuant to which
Company wishes to secure the future services of Executive by providing Executive
the severance payments provided in this Agreement as additional incentive to
induce Executive to devote Executive's time and attention to the interests
and
affairs of the Company (the “Agreement”).
B.
Company and Executive wish to amend and restate the Agreement upon the terms
and
conditions herein set forth.
C.
The
Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank have each approved
this
Agreement and it is intended to be maintained as part of the official records
of
the Holding Company and the Bank.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth
herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree to amend
the
Agreement so that it shall provide in full as follows (as so amended and
restated, hereafter the “Agreement”):
1.
Employment
.
Except
strictly to such extent (if any) as may be provided in another agreement between
Holding Company or Bank and Executive, Executive shall remain an employee at
will of the Company hereafter. This Agreement is not an employment agreement,
but shall only be interpreted as governing the payment of severance which may
be
due to Executive upon termination of Executive's employment with Company under
the specific circumstances described in this Agreement. No provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted to derogate from the power of the Company or
its
Board of Directors to terminate the employment of the Executive, subject
nevertheless to the terms of this Agreement.
2.
Compensation
.
The
compensation to be paid by Company to Executive from time to time, including
any
fringe benefits or other employee benefits, shall not be governed by this
Agreement. This Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the terms of any stock
options, employee benefits or other agreements between the Company and
Executive.
3.
Severance
Payments upon Termination of Employment After a "Change in
Control"
.
This
Agreement does not govern any termination of Executive's employment with Company
which occurs prior to a "change in control" as defined in subsection (e) of
this
Section. No inference shall be drawn from any provision of this Section
concerning the rights and obligations of the parties in connection with a
termination of Executive's employment prior to such a "change in
control".
(a)
Termination
by Company for Cause or Not for Cause
.
If
Executive's employment is terminated by Company for "cause" (as defined in
subsection (c) of this Section) at any time, or with or without "cause" prior
to
a "change in control", Executive shall have no right to any severance or other
payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive is
terminated by Company or Holding Company after a "change in control" (as defined
in subsection (e) of this Section) other than for "cause", Executive's right
to
severance payments under this Agreement shall be as set forth in subsection
(f)
of this Section. A termination by Company of Executive's employment with Bank
only or Holding Company only shall be deemed a termination for purposes of
this
Agreement, and Executive's right to severance payments (if any) hereunder,
shall
be determined as if such termination were a termination from employment with
Company entirely.
(b)
Termination
by Executive for Good Reason or Not for Good Reason
.
If
Executive terminates Executive's employment with Holding Company and Bank prior
to a change in control, or without "good reason" (as defined in subsection
(d)
of this Section) at any time, Executive shall have no right to any severance
or
other payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive
terminates Executive's employment with Holding Company and Bank for "good
reason" after a "change in control" (as defined in subsection (e) of this
Section), Executive's right to severance payments under this Agreement shall
be
as set forth in subsection (f) of this Section.
(c)
Definition
of "Cause"
.
For the
purpose of this Agreement, termination for "cause" shall mean termination for
personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary
duty
involving personal profit, conviction of a felony, suspension or removal from
office or prohibition from participation in the conduct of Holding Company's
or
Bank's affairs pursuant to a notice or other action by any Regulatory Agency,
or
willful violation of any law, rule or regulation or final cease-and-desist
order
which in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company will
probably cause substantial economic damages to the Company, willful or
intentional breach or neglect by Executive of his duties, or material breach
of
any material provision of this Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph, no
act, or failure to act on Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless
done, or omitted to be done, by him without good faith and without reasonable
belief that this action or omission was in the best interest of Company;
provided that any act or omission to act by Executive in reliance upon an
approving opinion of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Executive shall
not be deemed to be willful. The terms "incompetence" and "misconduct" shall
be
defined with reference to standards generally prevailing in the banking
industry. In determining incompetence and misconduct, Company shall have the
burden of proof with regard to the acts or omission of Executive and the
standards prevailing in the banking industry.
(d)
Definition
of "Good Reason"
.
For
purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall have "good reason" for terminating
his employment with Holding Company and Bank if Executive terminates such
employment within two (2) years after the occurrence of any one or more of
the
following events (a "Triggering Event") without Executive's express written
consent, but only if the Triggering Event occurs within two (2) years after
a
"change in control" (as defined in subsection (e) of this Section) of Bank
or
Holding Company: (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
with
Executive's positions, duties, responsibilities, titles or offices with Bank
or
Holding Company as in effect immediately prior to a change in control of Bank
or
Holding Company, (ii) any removal of Executive from, or any failure to re-elect
Executive to, any of such positions, except in connection with a termination
or
suspension of employment for cause, disability, death or retirement, (iii)
a
reduction by Holding Company or Bank in Executive's base annual salary, bonus
and/or benefits as in effect immediately prior to a change in control or as
the
same may be increased from time to time thereafter, or the failure to grant
periodic increases in the Executive's base annual salary on a basis at least
substantially comparable to the lowest periodic increase granted to other
officers of the Company having the title of senior vice president or above,
or
(iv) any purported termination of Executive's employment with Bank or Holding
Company when "cause" (as defined in this Agreement) for such termination does
not exist, or (v) a relocation of Executive’s workplace outside of Chester
County.
(e)
Definition
of "Change in Control"
.
For
purposes of this Agreement, a "change in control" of Company or Bank shall
mean
any one or more of the following:
(1)
a
change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response
to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")(or any successor provision) as it
may
be amended from time to time;
(2)
any
"persons" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act
in effect on the date first written above), other than Company or Bank or any
"person" who on the date hereof is a director of officer of Company or Bank,
is
or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company or Bank representing
25%
or more of the combined voting power of Company's or Bank's then outstanding
securities; or
(3)
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of
each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been
approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the
directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.
(4)
the
signing of a letter of intent or a formal acquisition or merger agreement
between the Holding Company or Bank, of the one part, and a third party which
contemplates a transaction which would result in a "change of control" under
paragraphs (1), (2) or (3) of this subsection (f), but, as to any Triggering
Event, only if such letter of intent or agreement, or the transaction
contemplated thereby, has not been canceled or terminated at the time the
occurrence of the Triggering Event in question.
(f)
Severance.
If
Executive is entitled to severance payments under subsection (a) or (b) of
this
Section, and if Executive shall have signed a release or releases as more fully
described in Section 4 of this Agreement, Company shall pay as severance to
Executive the following:
(I)
Base
Severance.
A
basic
severance payment (“Base Severance”) in an amount equal to: (X) the sum (herein
called “Total Annual Cash Compensation”) of two elements: (I) the aggregate
amount of (i) salary, (ii) the Company’s cash contribution toward the cost of
medical, life, disability and health insurance benefits, and (iii) employer
contributions (whether or not matching) under the Company’s qualified defined
contribution retirement plans, that was payable to or for the benefit of
Executive at any time during the most recent full fiscal year of the Company
ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments
under this Section (the “Base Element”), plus (II) the aggregate cash bonuses
that have been earned by the Executive for performance by the Executive during
the most recent fiscal year of the Company ended prior to the time the Executive
becomes entitled to severance payments under this Section, but any bonus shall
only be included in the foregoing to the extent it has been finally approved
and
fixed as to amount at the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance
payments under this Section (the “Bonus Element”); multiplied by (Y) 1.00. Such
payment shall be made in a lump sum within one (1) calendar week following
the
date of termination, or, if later, at the earliest time permitted under Section
409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subject to
withholding by the Company as required by applicable law and regulations.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement of the
parties, if the severance payment or payments under this Agreement, either
along
or together with other payments which the Executive has the right receive from
the Company, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G
of the Code or any successor provision), such lump sum severance payment shall
be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of the lump sum
severance payment under this Agreement being subject to the excise tax imposed
by Section 4999 of the Code.
For
purposes of calculating the Base Severance under this Agreement, the following
shall apply:
|
(A)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that may have accrued but did not become payable at
any time
or during any period of reference.
|
|
(B)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that was paid in the form of Company stock or other
noncash
form.
|
|
(C)
|
Notwithstanding
paragraphs (A) and (B) above, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall
include compensation that otherwise would have been payable in cash
at any
time or during any period of reference, but was not paid in cash
because
of an election by the Executive to defer all or part of it or to
take it
in the form of Company stock or other noncash form.
|
|
(D)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed by the Company for a full
fiscal year prior to the time Executive becomes entitled to severance
payments under this Section, the amount of the Bonus Element shall
be
determined by dividing the actual cash bonuses payable for the partial
fiscal year by the actual number of calendar days of employment in
the
partial fiscal year, and multiplying the result by
365.
|
|
(E)
|
For
purposes of determining the Bonus Element, any signing bonus or other
compensation that was payable as an incentive to Executive’s employment
with the Company shall not be
considered.
|
|
(F)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed with the Company for a
full
fiscal year of the Company prior to the time that the Executive becomes
entitled to severance payments under this Section, the “Base Element” for
purposes of this Agreement shall be determined by dividing the amount
of
the Base Element as it would have been determined under clause (X)(I)
of
this paragraph by the actual number of calendar days of employment
in the
partial fiscal year, and multiplying the result by
365.
|
(II)
Medical/Health
Benefits
.
For a
period of one (1) year from the date of termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Company shall continue to pay for Executive's
health insurance, HMO or other similar medical provider benefits (excluding
any
disability plans or benefits) on the same terms and conditions available to
other employees from time to time. Thereafter, if the Executive chooses to
continue such medical/health benefits as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA"), Executive must do so at Executive's own
expense. If, at any time after the termination of Executive's employment with
the Company, Executive becomes covered for medical/health benefits on any terms
with a new employer, the Company shall thereafter have no obligation to pay
for
any benefits or coverage and the Company's COBRA obligations shall terminate
to
the extent permitted by COBRA. Executive agrees to immediately notify Company,
in writing, upon Executive's acceptance of new employment which provides
medical/health benefits for which Executive is eligible.
(g)
Any
termination of Executive's employment by Company or by Executive shall be
communicated by a dated, written notice, signed by the party giving the notice,
which shall (A) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon; (B) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under
the
provision so indicated; (C) specify the effective date of
termination.
(h)
All
obligations under this Agreement are subject to termination by any bank
regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Holding Company or Bank ("Regulatory
Agency") in accordance with any applicable provisions of law or regulations
granting such authority, but rights of the Executive to compensation earned
as
of the date of termination shall not be affected.
(i)
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The severance
payments provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation
or other payments received by Executive after the date of termination of
Executive's employment from any source.
4.
Execution
of Release Required
.
Executive agrees that, as a precondition to receiving the payments provided
for
in this Agreement, Executive shall have executed and delivered to Holding
Company and Bank a release or releases, in form satisfactory to Holding Company
and Bank, releasing all claims which Executive may then have against Holding
Company or Bank, including without limitation any claims related to employment,
termination of employment, discrimination, harrassment, compensation or
benefits, but excluding any claims for payments due or to become due under
this
Agreement.
5.
Payment
Obligations Absolute
.
Provided that the preconditions for payment set forth in this Agreement are
fully satisfied, Company's obligation to pay Executive the severance payments
provided herein shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by
any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off counter claim,
recoupment, defense or other right which Company may have against Executive.
All
amounts payable by Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or
demand.
6.
Continuing
Obligations
.
Executive shall retain in confidence any confidential information known to
him
concerning Company and its business so long as such information is not publicly
disclosed.
7.
Amendments
.
No
amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing, signed by
both
parties, which states expressly that it amends this Agreement.
8.
Notices
.
Notices
under this Agreement shall be deemed sufficient and effective if (i) in writing
and (ii) either (A) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier,
telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form
or
(B) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to
each
party at such party's address first set forth above and, in the case of Company,
to the attention of the Chairman of the Board, or to such other notice address
as the party to be notified may have designated by written notice to the sending
party.
9.
Prior
Agreements
.
There
are no other agreements between Company and Executive regarding Executive's
employment. This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous
discussions, representations, understandings or agreements regarding its subject
matter.
10.
Assigns
and Successors
.
The
rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company
and
Executive, provided, however, that Executive shall not assign or anticipate
any
of his rights hereunder, whether by operation of law or otherwise. For purposes
of this Agreement, "Company" shall also refer to any successor to Holding
Company or Bank, whether such succession occurs by merger, consolidation,
purchase and assumption, sale of assets or otherwise.
11.
Executive's
Acknowledgment of Terms
.
Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully,
understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive
voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that any payments to be made hereunder
will
constitute additional compensation to Executive. Executive further acknowledges
that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and
discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and
accountants. Executive has been informed that Executive has the right to
consider this Agreement for a period of at least twenty one (21) days prior
to
entering into it. Executive acknowledges that Executive has taken sufficient
time to consider this Agreement before signing it. Executive also acknowledges
that Executive has the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven
(7)
days following this Agreement's execution by giving written notice of revocation
to Company.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this
Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
_________________________
Print
Name: William J. Hieb
Title:
President and COO
|
Holding
Company:
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:________________________________
Print
Name: William S. Latoff
Title:
Chairman and CEO
|
Attest:
_________________________
Print
Name: William J. Hieb
Title:
President and COO
|
Bank:
DNB
FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:________________________________
Print
Name: William S. Latoff
Title:
Chairman and CEO
|
Witness:
_________________________
Print
Name: William J. Hieb
|
Executive:
_________________________
Print
Name: NAME
|
Exhibit
10e
AMENDED
AND RESTATED CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
FOR
WILLIAM
S. LATOFF
THIS
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), made as of
December 20, 2006, is by and among DNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION (“Holding
Company”), DNB FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as Downingtown
National Bank), a national banking association with principal offices at 4
Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, PA 19335 (“Bank”) (Holding Company and Bank are
sometimes referred to individually and collectively herein as the “Company”) and
WILLIAM S. LATOFF, an individual (“Executive”).
Background
A.
On
December 17, 2004 Company and Executive entered into an agreement pursuant
to
which Company wishes to secure the future services of Executive by providing
Executive the severance payments provided in this Agreement as additional
incentive to induce Executive to devote Executive’s time and attention to the
interests and affairs of the Company (the “Agreement”).
B.
Company and Executive wish to amend and restate the Agreement upon the terms
and
conditions herein set forth.
C.
The
Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank have each approved
this
Agreement and it is intended to be maintained as part of the official records
of
the Holding Company and the Bank.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth
herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree to amend
the
Agreement so that it shall provide in full as follows (as so amended and
restated, hereafter the “Agreement”):
1.
Employment
.
Except
strictly to such extent (if any) as may be provided in another agreement between
Holding Company or Bank and Executive, Executive shall remain an employee at
will of the Company hereafter. This Agreement is not an employment agreement,
but shall only be interpreted as governing the payment of severance, which
may
be due to Executive upon termination of Executive’s employment with Company
under the specific circumstances described in this Agreement. No provision
of
this Agreement shall be interpreted to derogate from the power of the Company
or
its Board of Directors to terminate the employment of the Executive, subject
nevertheless to the terms of this Agreement.
2.
Compensation
.
The
compensation to be paid by Company to Executive from time to time, including
any
fringe benefits or other employee benefits, shall not be governed by this
Agreement. This Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the terms of any stock
options, employee benefits or other agreements between the Company and
Executive.
3.
Severance
Payments upon Termination of Employment After a “Change in
Control”
.
This
Agreement does not govern any termination of Executive’s employment with Company
which occurs prior to a “change in control” as defined in subsection (e) of this
Section. No inference shall be drawn from any provision of this Section
concerning the rights and obligations of the parties in connection with a
termination of Executive’s employment prior to such a “change in control”.
(a)
Termination
by Company for Cause or Not for Cause.
If
Executive’s employment is terminated by Company for “cause” (as defined in
subsection (c) of this Section) at any time, or with or without “cause” prior to
a “change in control”, Executive shall have no right to any severance or other
payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive is
terminated by Company or Holding Company after a “change in control” (as defined
in subsection (e) of this Section) other than for “cause”, Executive’s right to
severance payments under this Agreement shall be as set forth in subsection
(f)
of this Section. A termination by Company of Executive’s employment with Bank
only or Holding Company only shall be deemed a termination for purposes of
this
Agreement, and Executive’s right to severance payments (if any) hereunder, shall
be determined as if such termination were a termination from employment with
Company entirely.
(b)
Termination
by Executive for Good Reason or Not for Good Reason.
If
Executive terminates Executive’s employment with Holding Company and Bank prior
to a change in control, or without “good reason” (as defined in subsection (d)
of this Section) at any time, Executive shall have no right to any severance
or
other payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive
terminates Executive’s employment with Holding Company and Bank for “good
reason” after a “change in control” (as defined in subsection (e) of this
Section), Executive’s right to severance payments under this Agreement shall be
as set forth in subsection (f) of this Section.
(c)
Definition
of “Cause”.
For
the
purpose of this Agreement, termination for “cause” shall mean termination for
personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary
duty
involving personal profit, conviction of a felony, suspension or removal from
office or prohibition from participation in the conduct of Holding Company’s or
Bank’s affairs pursuant to a notice or other action by any Regulatory Agency, or
willful violation of any law, rule or regulation or final cease-and-desist
order
which in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company will
probably cause substantial economic damages to the Company, willful or
intentional breach or neglect by Executive of his duties, or material breach
of
any material provision of this Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph, no
act, or failure to act on Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless
done, or omitted to be done, by him without good faith and without reasonable
belief that this action or omission was in the best interest of Company;
provided that any act or omission to act by Executive in reliance upon an
approving opinion of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Executive shall
not be deemed to be willful. The terms “incompetence” and “misconduct” shall be
defined with reference to standards generally prevailing in the banking
industry. In determining incompetence and misconduct, Company shall have the
burden of proof with regard to the acts or omission of Executive and the
standards prevailing in the banking industry.
(d)
Definition
of “Good Reason”.
For
purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall have “good reason” for terminating
his employment with Holding Company and Bank if Executive terminates such
employment within two (2) years after the occurrence of any one or more of
the
following events (a “Triggering Event”) without Executive’s express written
consent, but only if the Triggering Event occurs within two (2) years after
a
“change in control” (as defined in subsection (e) of this Section) of Bank or
Holding Company: (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
with
Executive’s positions, duties, responsibilities, titles or offices with Bank or
Holding Company as in effect immediately prior to a change in control of Bank
or
Holding Company, (ii) any removal of Executive from, or any failure to re-elect
Executive to, any of such positions, except in connection with a termination
or
suspension of employment for cause, disability, death or retirement, (iii)
a
reduction by Holding Company or Bank in Executive’s base annual salary, bonus
and/or benefits as in effect immediately prior to a change in control or as
the
same may be increased from time to time thereafter, or the failure to grant
periodic increases in the Executive’s base annual salary on a basis at least
substantially comparable to the lowest periodic increase granted to other
officers of the Company having the title of executive vice president or above,
or (iv) any purported termination of Executive’s employment with Bank or Holding
Company when “cause” (as defined in this Agreement) for such termination does
not exist, or (v) a relocation of Executive’s workplace outside of Chester
County.
(e)
Definition
of “Change in Control”. F
or
purposes of this Agreement, a “change in control” of Company or Bank shall mean
any one or more of the following:
(1)
a
change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response
to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)(or any successor provision) as it may
be amended from time to time;
(2)
any
“persons” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act
in effect on the date first written above), other than Company or Bank or any
“person” who on the date hereof is a director of officer of Company or Bank, is
or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company or Bank representing
25%
or more of the combined voting power of Company’s or Bank’s then outstanding
securities; or
(3)
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of
each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been
approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the
directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.
(4)
the
signing of a letter of intent or a formal acquisition or merger agreement
between the Holding Company or Bank, of the one part, and a third party which
contemplates a transaction which would result in a “change of control” under
paragraphs (1), (2) or (3) of this subsection (f), but, as to any Triggering
Event, only if such letter of intent or agreement, or the transaction
contemplated thereby, has not been canceled or terminated at the time the
occurrence of the Triggering Event in question.
(f)
Severance.
If
Executive is entitled to severance payments under subsection (a) or (b) of
this
Section, and if Executive shall have signed a release or releases as more fully
described in Section 4 of this Agreement, Company shall pay as severance to
Executive the following:
(I)
Base
Severance.
A
basic
severance payment (“Base Severance”) in an amount equal to: (X) the sum (herein
called “Total Annual Cash Compensation”) of two elements: (I) the aggregate
amount of (i) salary, (ii) the Company’s cash contribution toward the cost of
medical, life, disability and health insurance benefits, and (iii) employer
contributions (whether or not matching) under the Company’s qualified defined
contribution retirement plans, that was payable to or for the benefit of
Executive at any time during the most recent full fiscal year of the Company
ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments
under this Section (the “Base Element”), plus (II) the average of the aggregate
annual cash bonuses that have been earned by the Executive for performance
by
the Executive during each of the three (3) most recent fiscal years of the
Company ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance
payments under this Section, but any bonus shall only be included in the
foregoing average to the extent it has been finally approved and fixed as to
amount at the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments under
this Section (the “Bonus Element”); multiplied by (Y) 2.99. Such payment shall
be made in a lump sum within one (1) calendar week following the date of
termination, or, if later, at the earliest time permitted under Section 409A
of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subject to
withholding by the Company as required by applicable law and regulations.
For
purposes of calculating the Base Severance under this Agreement, the following
shall apply:
|
(A)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that may have accrued but did not become payable at
any time
or during any period of reference.
|
|
(B)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that was paid in the form of Company stock or other
noncash
form.
|
|
(C)
|
Notwithstanding
paragraphs (A) and (B) above, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall
include compensation that otherwise would have been payable in cash
at any
time or during any period of reference, but was not paid in cash
because
of an election by the Executive to defer all or part of it or to
take it
in the form of Company stock or other noncash form.
|
|
(D)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed by the Company for three
(3)
full fiscal years prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled
to
severance payments under this Section, the average used for determining
the Bonus Element shall be determined based on the number of full
and
partial fiscal years of the Company in which the Executive was so
employed
and that have ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled
to
severance payments under this
Section.
|
|
(E)
|
If
any cash bonuses that were payable in a partial fiscal year of employment
are included in calculating the average used for determining the
Bonus
Element, the assumed amount of cash bonuses to be used for that partial
fiscal year in calculating the average shall be determined by dividing
the
actual cash bonuses payable for the partial fiscal year by the actual
number of calendar days of employment in the partial fiscal year,
and
multiplying the result by 365.
|
|
(F)
|
For
purposes of determining the Bonus Element, any signing bonus or other
compensation that was payable as an incentive to Executive’s employment
with the Company shall not be
considered.
|
|
(G)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed with the Company for a
full
fiscal year of the Company prior to the time that the Executive becomes
entitled to severance payments under this Section, the “Base Element” for
purposes of this Agreement shall be determined by dividing the amount
of
the Base Element as it would have been determined under clause (X)(I)
of
this paragraph by the actual number of calendar days of employment
in the
partial fiscal year, and multiplying the result by
365.
|
(II)
Medical/Health
Benefits.
For
a
period of eighteen (18) months from the date of termination of the Executive’s
employment with the Company, the Company shall continue to pay for Executive’s
health insurance, HMO or other similar medical provider benefits (excluding
any
disability plans or benefits) on the same terms and conditions available to
other employees from time to time. Thereafter, if the Executive chooses to
continue such medical/health benefits as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”), Executive must do so at Executive’s own
expense. If, at any time after the termination of Executive’s employment with
the Company, Executive becomes covered for medical/health benefits on any terms
with a new employer, the Company shall thereafter have no obligation to pay
for
any benefits or coverage and the Company’s COBRA obligations shall terminate to
the extent permitted by COBRA. Executive agrees to immediately notify Company,
in writing, upon Executive’s acceptance of new employment which provides
medical/health benefits for which Executive is eligible.
(III)
Section
280G Gross-Up.
If,
as a
result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Agreement, together
with all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the
benefit of the Executive under any other plans or agreements in connection
with
a Change in Control, the Executive becomes subject to excise taxes under Section
4999 of the Code, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or
pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, the Company shall pay to the Executive
at the time any such payments are made under or pursuant to this or other plans
or agreements, an amount equal to the amount of such excise taxes (the
“Parachute Tax Reimbursement”). In addition, the Company shall “gross up” such
Parachute Tax Reimbursement by paying to the Executive at the same time an
additional amount equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether
income taxes, excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise, and
whether Federal, state or local) that are or will be payable by the Executive
as
a result of the Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to the
Executive and as a result of such additional amounts paid or payable to the
Executive pursuant to this sentence, such that after payment of such additional
taxes the Executive shall have been paid on a net, after-tax basis an amount
equal to the Parachute Tax Reimbursement. The amount of the gross-up described
in the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed on the assumption that
the Executive shall be subject to each applicable tax at the highest marginal
rate of such tax.
The
amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and any gross-up shall be determined
by a registered public accounting firm selected by the Compensation Committee
of
the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination, absent manifest
error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination
by a governmental authority that a greater or lesser amount of taxes is payable
by the Executive.
If
the
Parachute Tax Reimbursement and a gross-up are provided for the Executive
pursuant to one or more other plans or agreements in addition to this Agreement,
they shall be provided only once.
(g)
Any
termination of Executive’s employment by Company or by Executive shall be
communicated by a dated, written notice, signed by the party giving the notice,
which shall (A) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon; (B) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive’s employment under the
provision so indicated; (C) specify the effective date of termination.
(h)
All
obligations under this Agreement are subject to termination by any bank
regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Holding Company or Bank (“Regulatory
Agency”) in accordance with any applicable provisions of law or regulations
granting such authority, but rights of the Executive to compensation earned
as
of the date of termination shall not be affected.
(i)
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The severance
payments provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation
or other payments received by Executive after the date of termination of
Executive’s employment from any source.
4.
Execution
of Release Required
.
Executive agrees that, as a precondition to receiving the payments provided
for
in this Agreement, Executive shall have executed and delivered to Holding
Company and Bank a release or releases, in form satisfactory to Holding Company
and Bank, releasing all claims which Executive may then have against Holding
Company or Bank, including without limitation any claims related to employment,
termination of employment, discrimination, harassment, compensation or benefits,
but excluding any claims for payments due or to become due under this Agreement.
5.
Payment
Obligations Absolute
.
Provided that the preconditions for payment set forth in this Agreement are
fully satisfied, Company’s obligation to pay Executive the severance payments
provided herein shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by
any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off counter claim,
recoupment, defense or other right which Company may have against Executive.
All
amounts payable by Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or demand.
6.
Continuing
Obligations
.
Executive shall retain in confidence any confidential information known to
him
concerning Company and its business so long as such information is not publicly
disclosed.
7.
Amendments
.
No
amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in a writing, signed by
both parties, which states expressly that it amends this Agreement.
8.
Notices
.
Notices
under this Agreement shall be deemed sufficient and effective if (i) in writing
and (ii) either (A) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier,
telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form
or
(B) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to
each
party at such party’s address first set forth above and, in the case of Company,
to the attention of the Chairman of the Board, or to such other notice address
as the party to be notified may have designated by written notice to the sending
party.
9.
Prior
Agreements
.
There
are no other agreements between Company and Executive regarding Executive’s
employment. This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous
discussions, representations, understandings or agreements regarding its subject
matter.
10.
Assigns
and Successors
.
The
rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company
and
Executive, provided, however, that Executive shall not assign or anticipate
any
of his rights hereunder, whether by operation of law or otherwise. For purposes
of this Agreement, “Company” shall also refer to any successor to Holding
Company or Bank, whether such succession occurs by merger, consolidation,
purchase and assumption, sale of assets or otherwise.
11.
Executive’s
Acknowledgment of Terms
.
Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully,
understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive
voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that any payments to be made hereunder
will
constitute additional compensation to Executive. Executive further acknowledges
that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and
discuss it with Executive’s own advisors, including Executive’s attorney and
accountants. Executive has been informed that Executive has the right to
consider this Agreement for a period of at least twenty one (21) days prior
to
entering into it. Executive acknowledges that Executive has taken sufficient
time to consider this Agreement before signing it. Executive also acknowledges
that Executive has the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven
(7)
days following this Agreement’s execution by giving written notice of revocation
to Company.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this
Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
_______________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
Holding
Company:
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:
__________________________
Print
Name:: William J. Hieb
Title:
President and COO
|
Attest:
_______________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
Bank:
DNB
FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:
___________________________
Print
Name: William J. Hieb
Title:
President and COO
|
Witness:
_______________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
|
Executive:
______________________________
William
S. Latoff
|
Exhibit
10l
AMENDED
AND RESTATED CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
FOR
WILLIAM
J. HIEB
THIS
AMENDED AND RESTATED CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made as
of
December 20, 2006, is by and among DNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Holding
Company"), DNB FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as Downingtown
National Bank), a national banking association with principal offices at 4
Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, PA 19335 ("Bank") (Holding Company and Bank
are
sometimes referred to individually and collectively herein as the "Company")
and
WILLIAM J. HIEB, an individual ("Executive").
Background
A.
On
April 28, 2003, as amended January 26, 2006 Company and Executive entered into
an agreement pursuant to which Company wishes to secure the future services
of
Executive by providing Executive the severance payments provided in this
Agreement as additional incentive to induce Executive to devote Executive's
time
and attention to the interests and affairs of the Company (the
“Agreement”).
B.
Company and Executive wish to amend and restate the Agreement, as previously
amended, upon the terms and conditions herein set forth.
C.
The
Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank have each approved
this
Agreement and it is intended to be maintained as part of the official records
of
the Holding Company and the Bank.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth
herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree to amend
the
Agreement so that it shall provide in full as follows (as so amended and
restated, hereafter the “Agreement”):
1.
Employment
.
Except
strictly to such extent (if any) as may be provided in another agreement between
Holding Company or Bank and Executive, Executive shall remain an employee at
will of the Company hereafter. This Agreement is not an employment agreement,
but shall only be interpreted as governing the payment of severance which may
be
due to Executive upon termination of Executive's employment with Company under
the specific circumstances described in this Agreement. No provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted to derogate from the power of the Company or
its
Board of Directors to terminate the employment of the Executive, subject
nevertheless to the terms of this Agreement.
2.
Compensation
.
The
compensation to be paid by Company to Executive from time to time, including
any
fringe benefits or other employee benefits, shall not be governed by this
Agreement. This Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the terms of any stock
options, employee benefits or other agreements between the Company and
Executive.
3.
Severance
Payments upon Termination of Employment After a "Change in
Control"
.
This
Agreement does not govern any termination of Executive's employment with Company
which occurs prior to a "change in control" as defined in subsection (e) of
this
Section. No inference shall be drawn from any provision of this Section
concerning the rights and obligations of the parties in connection with a
termination of Executive's employment prior to such a "change in
control".
(a)
Termination
by Company for Cause or Not for Cause
.
If
Executive's employment is terminated by Company for "cause" (as defined in
subsection (c) of this Section) at any time, or with or without "cause" prior
to
a "change in control", Executive shall have no right to any severance or other
payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive is
terminated by Company or Holding Company after a "change in control" (as defined
in subsection (e) of this Section) other than for "cause", Executive's right
to
severance payments under this Agreement shall be as set forth in subsection
(f)
of this Section. A termination by Company of Executive's employment with Bank
only or Holding Company only shall be deemed a termination for purposes of
this
Agreement, and Executive's right to severance payments (if any) hereunder,
shall
be determined as if such termination were a termination from employment with
Company entirely.
(b)
Termination
by Executive for Good Reason or Not for Good Reason
.
If
Executive terminates Executive's employment with Holding Company and Bank prior
to a change in control, or without "good reason" (as defined in subsection
(d)
of this Section) at any time, Executive shall have no right to any severance
or
other payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive
terminates Executive's employment with Holding Company and Bank for "good
reason" after a "change in control" (as defined in subsection (e) of this
Section), Executive's right to severance payments under this Agreement shall
be
as set forth in subsection (f) of this Section.
(c)
Definition
of "Cause"
.
For the
purpose of this Agreement, termination for "cause" shall mean termination for
personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary
duty
involving personal profit, conviction of a felony, suspension or removal from
office or prohibition from participation in the conduct of Holding Company's
or
Bank's affairs pursuant to a notice or other action by any Regulatory Agency,
or
willful violation of any law, rule or regulation or final cease-and-desist
order
which in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company will
probably cause substantial economic damages to the Company, willful or
intentional breach or neglect by Executive of his duties, or material breach
of
any material provision of this Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph, no
act, or failure to act on Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless
done, or omitted to be done, by him without good faith and without reasonable
belief that this action or omission was in the best interest of Company;
provided that any act or omission to act by Executive in reliance upon an
approving opinion of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Executive shall
not be deemed to be willful. The terms "incompetence" and "misconduct" shall
be
defined with reference to standards generally prevailing in the banking
industry. In determining incompetence and misconduct, Company shall have the
burden of proof with regard to the acts or omission of Executive and the
standards prevailing in the banking industry.
(d)
Definition
of "Good Reason"
.
For
purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall have "good reason" for terminating
his employment with Holding Company and Bank if Executive terminates such
employment within two (2) years after the occurrence of any one or more of
the
following events (a "Triggering Event") without Executive's express written
consent, but only if the Triggering Event occurs within two (2) years after
a
"change in control" (as defined in subsection (e) of this Section) of Bank
or
Holding Company: (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
with
Executive's positions, duties, responsibilities, titles or offices with Bank
or
Holding Company as in effect immediately prior to a change in control of Bank
or
Holding Company, (ii) any removal of Executive from, or any failure to re-elect
Executive to, any of such positions, except in connection with a termination
or
suspension of employment for cause, disability, death or retirement, (iii)
a
reduction by Holding Company or Bank in Executive's base annual salary, bonus,
and/or benefits as in effect immediately prior to a change in control or as
the
same may be increased from time to time thereafter, or the failure to grant
periodic increases in the Executive's base annual salary on a basis at least
substantially comparable to the lowest periodic increase granted to other
officers of the Company having the title of executive vice president or above,
or (iv) any purported termination of Executive's employment with Bank or Holding
Company when "cause" (as defined in this Agreement) for such termination does
not exist, or (v) a relocation of Executive’s workplace outside of Chester
County.
(e)
Definition
of "Change in Control"
.
For
purposes of this Agreement, a "change in control" of Company or Bank shall
mean
any one or more of the following:
(1)
a
change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response
to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")(or any successor provision) as it
may
be amended from time to time;
(2)
any
"persons" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act
in effect on the date first written above), other than Company or Bank or any
"person" who on the date hereof is a director of officer of Company or Bank,
is
or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company or Bank representing
25%
or more of the combined voting power of Company's or Bank's then outstanding
securities; or
(3)
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of
each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been
approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the
directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.
(4)
the
signing of a letter of intent or a formal acquisition or merger agreement
between the Holding Company or Bank, of the one part, and a third party which
contemplates a transaction which would result in a "change of control" under
paragraphs (1), (2) or (3) of this subsection (f), but, as to any Triggering
Event, only if such letter of intent or agreement, or the transaction
contemplated thereby, has not been canceled or terminated at the time the
occurrence of the Triggering Event in question.
(f)
Severance.
If
Executive is entitled to severance payments under subsection (a) or (b) of
this
Section, and if Executive shall have signed a release or releases as more fully
described in Section 4 of this Agreement, Company shall pay as severance to
Executive the following:
(I)
Base
Severance.
A
basic
severance payment (“Base Severance”) in an amount equal to: (X) the sum (herein
called “Total Annual Cash Compensation”) of two elements: (I) the aggregate
amount of (i) salary, (ii) the Company’s cash contribution toward the cost of
medical, life, disability and health insurance benefits, and (iii) employer
contributions (whether or not matching) under the Company’s qualified defined
contribution retirement plans, that was payable to or for the benefit of
Executive at any time during the most recent full fiscal year of the Company
ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments
under this Section (the “Base Element”), plus (II) the average of the aggregate
annual cash bonuses that have been earned by the Executive for performance
by
the Executive during each of the two (2) most recent fiscal years of the Company
ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments
under this Section, but any bonus shall only be included in the foregoing
average to the extent it has been finally approved and fixed as to amount at
the
time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments under this Section
(the “Bonus Element”); multiplied by (Y) 2.00. Such payment shall be made in a
lump sum within one (1) calendar week following the date of termination, or,
if
later, at the earliest time permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subject to withholding by the Company as
required by applicable law and regulations. Notwithstanding any provision of
this Agreement or any other agreement of the parties, if the severance payment
or payments under this Agreement, either along or together with other payments
which the Executive has the right receive from the Company, would constitute
a
“parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G of the Code or any successor
provision), such lump sum severance payment shall be reduced to the largest
amount as will result in no portion of the lump sum severance payment under
this
Agreement being subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code.
For
purposes of calculating the Base Severance under this Agreement, the following
shall apply:
|
(A)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that may have accrued but did not become payable at
any time
or during any period of reference.
|
|
(B)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that was paid in the form of Company stock or other
noncash
form.
|
|
(C)
|
Notwithstanding
paragraphs (A) and (B) above, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall
include compensation that otherwise would have been payable in cash
at any
time or during any period of reference, but was not paid in cash
because
of an election by the Executive to defer all or part of it or to
take it
in the form of Company stock or other noncash form.
|
|
(D)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed by the Company for two
(2) full
fiscal years prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to
severance
payments under this Section, the average used for determining the
Bonus
Element shall be determined based on the number of full and partial
fiscal
years of the Company in which the Executive was so employed and that
have
ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance
payments under this Section.
|
|
(E)
|
If
any cash bonuses that were payable in a partial fiscal year of employment
are included in calculating the average used for determining the
Bonus
Element, the assumed amount of cash bonuses to be used for that partial
fiscal year in calculating the average shall be determined by dividing
the
actual cash bonuses payable for the partial fiscal year by the actual
number of calendar days of employment in the partial fiscal year,
and
multiplying the result by 365.
|
|
(F)
|
For
purposes of determining the Bonus Element, any signing bonus or other
compensation that was payable as an incentive to Executive’s employment
with the Company shall not be
considered.
|
|
(G)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed with the Company for a
full
fiscal year of the Company prior to the time that the Executive becomes
entitled to severance payments under this Section, the “Base Element” for
purposes of this Agreement shall be determined by dividing the amount
of
the Base Element as it would have been determined under clause (X)(I)
of
this paragraph by the actual number of calendar days of employment
in the
partial fiscal year, and multiplying the result by
365.
|
(II)
Medical/Health
Benefits
.
For a
period of one (1) year from the date of termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Company shall continue to pay for Executive's
health insurance, HMO or other similar medical provider benefits (excluding
any
disability plans or benefits) on the same terms and conditions available to
other employees from time to time. Thereafter, if the Executive chooses to
continue such medical/health benefits as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA"), Executive must do so at Executive's own
expense. If, at any time after the termination of Executive's employment with
the Company, Executive becomes covered for medical/health benefits on any terms
with a new employer, the Company shall thereafter have no obligation to pay
for
any benefits or coverage and the Company's COBRA obligations shall terminate
to
the extent permitted by COBRA. Executive agrees to immediately notify Company,
in writing, upon Executive's acceptance of new employment which provides
medical/health benefits for which Executive is eligible.
(g)
Any
termination of Executive's employment by Company or by Executive shall be
communicated by a dated, written notice, signed by the party giving the notice,
which shall (A) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon; (B) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under
the
provision so indicated; (C) specify the effective date of
termination.
(h)
All
obligations under this Agreement are subject to termination by any bank
regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Holding Company or Bank ("Regulatory
Agency") in accordance with any applicable provisions of law or regulations
granting such authority, but rights of the Executive to compensation earned
as
of the date of termination shall not be affected.
(i)
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The severance
payments provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation
or other payments received by Executive after the date of termination of
Executive's employment from any source.
4.
Execution
of Release Required
.
Executive agrees that, as a precondition to receiving the payments provided
for
in this Agreement, Executive shall have executed and delivered to Holding
Company and Bank a release or releases, in form satisfactory to Holding Company
and Bank, releasing all claims which Executive may then have against Holding
Company or Bank, including without limitation any claims related to employment,
termination of employment, discrimination, harrassment, compensation or
benefits, but excluding any claims for payments due or to become due under
this
Agreement.
5.
Payment
Obligations Absolute
.
Provided that the preconditions for payment set forth in this Agreement are
fully satisfied, Company's obligation to pay Executive the severance payments
provided herein shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by
any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off counter claim,
recoupment, defense or other right which Company may have against Executive.
All
amounts payable by Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or
demand.
6.
Continuing
Obligations
.
Executive shall retain in confidence any confidential information known to
him
concerning Company and its business so long as such information is not publicly
disclosed.
7.
Amendments
.
No
amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in a writing, signed by
both parties, which states expressly that it amends this Agreement.
8.
Notices
.
Notices
under this Agreement shall be deemed sufficient and effective if (i) in writing
and (ii) either (A) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier,
telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form
or
(B) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to
each
party at such party's address first set forth above and, in the case of Company,
to the attention of the Chairman of the Board, or to such other notice address
as the party to be notified may have designated by written notice to the sending
party.
9.
Prior
Agreements
.
There
are no other agreements between Company and Executive regarding Executive's
employment. This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous
discussions, representations, understandings or agreements regarding its subject
matter.
10.
Assigns
and Successors
.
The
rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company
and
Executive, provided, however, that Executive shall not assign or anticipate
any
of his rights hereunder, whether by operation of law or otherwise. For purposes
of this Agreement, "Company" shall also refer to any successor to Holding
Company or Bank, whether such succession occurs by merger, consolidation,
purchase and assumption, sale of assets or otherwise.
11.
Executive's
Acknowledgment of Terms
.
Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully,
understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive
voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that any payments to be made hereunder
will
constitute additional compensation to Executive. Executive further acknowledges
that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and
discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and
accountants. Executive has been informed that Executive has the right to
consider this Agreement for a period of at least twenty one (21) days prior
to
entering into it. Executive acknowledges that Executive has taken sufficient
time to consider this Agreement before signing it. Executive also acknowledges
that Executive has the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven
(7)
days following this Agreement's execution by giving written notice of revocation
to Company.
[The
balance of this page is intentionally left blank.]
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this
Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
_________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
Holding
Company:
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:________________________________
Print
Name: William S. Latoff
Title:
Chairman and CEO
|
Attest:
_________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
Bank:
DNB
FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:________________________________
Print
Name: William S. Latoff
Title:
Chairman and CEO
|
Witness:
_________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
|
Executive:
_________________________
William
J. Hieb
|
Exhibit
10q
CHANGE
OF CONTROL AGREEMENT
FOR
ALBERT
J. MELFI
THIS
CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), made as of December 20, 2006,
is
by and among DNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Holding Company"), DNB FIRST, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION (formerly known as Downingtown National Bank), a national banking
association with principal offices at 4 Brandywine Avenue, Downingtown, PA
19335
("Bank") (Holding Company and Bank are sometimes referred to individually and
collectively herein as the "Company") and ALBERT J. MELFI, an individual
("Executive").
Background
A.
Company and Executive enter into an agreement pursuant to which Company wishes
to secure the future services of Executive by providing Executive the severance
payments provided in this Agreement as additional incentive to induce Executive
to devote Executive's time and attention to the interests and affairs of the
Company (the “Agreement”).
B.
Executive is willing to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and conditions
herein set forth.
C.
The
Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank have each approved
this
Agreement and it is intended to be maintained as part of the official records
of
the Holding Company and the Bank.
NOW
THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements set forth
herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree to amend
the
Agreement so that it shall provide in full as follows (as so amended and
restated, hereafter the “Agreement”):
1.
Employment
.
Except
strictly to such extent (if any) as may be provided in another agreement between
Holding Company or Bank and Executive, Executive shall remain an employee at
will of the Company hereafter. This Agreement is not an employment agreement,
but shall only be interpreted as governing the payment of severance which may
be
due to Executive upon termination of Executive's employment with Company under
the specific circumstances described in this Agreement. No provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted to derogate from the power of the Company or
its
Board of Directors to terminate the employment of the Executive, subject
nevertheless to the terms of this Agreement.
2.
Compensation
.
The
compensation to be paid by Company to Executive from time to time, including
any
fringe benefits or other employee benefits, shall not be governed by this
Agreement. This Agreement shall not be deemed to affect the terms of any stock
options, employee benefits or other agreements between the Company and
Executive.
3.
Severance
Payments upon Termination of Employment After a "Change in
Control"
.
This
Agreement does not govern any termination of Executive's employment with Company
which occurs prior to a "change in control" as defined in subsection (e) of
this
Section. No inference shall be drawn from any provision of this Section
concerning the rights and obligations of the parties in connection with a
termination of Executive's employment prior to such a "change in
control".
(a)
Termination
by Company for Cause or Not for Cause
.
If
Executive's employment is terminated by Company for "cause" (as defined in
subsection (c) of this Section) at any time, or with or without "cause" prior
to
a "change in control", Executive shall have no right to any severance or other
payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive is
terminated by Company or Holding Company after a "change in control" (as defined
in subsection (e) of this Section) other than for "cause", Executive's right
to
severance payments under this Agreement shall be as set forth in subsection
(f)
of this Section. A termination by Company of Executive's employment with Bank
only or Holding Company only shall be deemed a termination for purposes of
this
Agreement, and Executive's right to severance payments (if any) hereunder,
shall
be determined as if such termination were a termination from employment with
Company entirely.
(b)
Termination
by Executive for Good Reason or Not for Good Reason
.
If
Executive terminates Executive's employment with Holding Company and Bank prior
to a change in control, or without "good reason" (as defined in subsection
(d)
of this Section) at any time, Executive shall have no right to any severance
or
other payments under this Agreement due to such termination. If Executive
terminates Executive's employment with Holding Company and Bank for "good
reason" after a "change in control" (as defined in subsection (e) of this
Section), Executive's right to severance payments under this Agreement shall
be
as set forth in subsection (f) of this Section.
(c)
Definition
of "Cause"
.
For the
purpose of this Agreement, termination for "cause" shall mean termination for
personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary
duty
involving personal profit, conviction of a felony, suspension or removal from
office or prohibition from participation in the conduct of Holding Company's
or
Bank's affairs pursuant to a notice or other action by any Regulatory Agency,
or
willful violation of any law, rule or regulation or final cease-and-desist
order
which in the reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company will
probably cause substantial economic damages to the Company, willful or
intentional breach or neglect by Executive of his duties, or material breach
of
any material provision of this Agreement. For purposes of this paragraph, no
act, or failure to act on Executive's part shall be considered "willful" unless
done, or omitted to be done, by him without good faith and without reasonable
belief that this action or omission was in the best interest of Company;
provided that any act or omission to act by Executive in reliance upon an
approving opinion of counsel to the Company or counsel to the Executive shall
not be deemed to be willful. The terms "incompetence" and "misconduct" shall
be
defined with reference to standards generally prevailing in the banking
industry. In determining incompetence and misconduct, Company shall have the
burden of proof with regard to the acts or omission of Executive and the
standards prevailing in the banking industry.
(d)
Definition
of "Good Reason"
.
For
purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall have "good reason" for terminating
his employment with Holding Company and Bank if Executive terminates such
employment within two (2) years after the occurrence of any one or more of
the
following events (a "Triggering Event") without Executive's express written
consent, but only if the Triggering Event occurs within two (2) years after
a
"change in control" (as defined in subsection (e) of this Section) of Bank
or
Holding Company: (i) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent
with
Executive's positions, duties, responsibilities, titles or offices with Bank
or
Holding Company as in effect immediately prior to a change in control of Bank
or
Holding Company, (ii) any removal of Executive from, or any failure to re-elect
Executive to, any of such positions, except in connection with a termination
or
suspension of employment for cause, disability, death or retirement, (iii)
a
reduction by Holding Company or Bank in Executive's base annual salary, bonus
and/or benefits as in effect immediately prior to a change in control or as
the
same may be increased from time to time thereafter, or the failure to grant
periodic increases in the Executive's base annual salary on a basis at least
substantially comparable to the lowest periodic increase granted to other
officers of the Company having the title of senior vice president or above,
or
(iv) any purported termination of Executive's employment with Bank or Holding
Company when "cause" (as defined in this Agreement) for such termination does
not exist, or (v) a relocation of Executive’s workplace outside of Chester
County.
(e)
Definition
of "Change in Control"
.
For
purposes of this Agreement, a "change in control" of Company or Bank shall
mean
any one or more of the following:
(1)
a
change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response
to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")(or any successor provision) as it
may
be amended from time to time;
(2)
any
"persons" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act
in effect on the date first written above), other than Company or Bank or any
"person" who on the date hereof is a director of officer of Company or Bank,
is
or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company or Bank representing
25%
or more of the combined voting power of Company's or Bank's then outstanding
securities; or
(3)
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of
each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been
approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the
directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.
(4)
the
signing of a letter of intent or a formal acquisition or merger agreement
between the Holding Company or Bank, of the one part, and a third party which
contemplates a transaction which would result in a "change of control" under
paragraphs (1), (2) or (3) of this subsection (f), but, as to any Triggering
Event, only if such letter of intent or agreement, or the transaction
contemplated thereby, has not been canceled or terminated at the time the
occurrence of the Triggering Event in question.
(f)
Severance.
If
Executive is entitled to severance payments under subsection (a) or (b) of
this
Section, and if Executive shall have signed a release or releases as more fully
described in Section 4 of this Agreement, Company shall pay as severance to
Executive the following:
(I)
Base
Severance.
A
basic
severance payment (“Base Severance”) in an amount equal to: (X) the sum (herein
called “Total Annual Cash Compensation”) of two elements: (I) the aggregate
amount of (i) salary, (ii) the Company’s cash contribution toward the cost of
medical, life, disability and health insurance benefits, and (iii) employer
contributions (whether or not matching) under the Company’s qualified defined
contribution retirement plans, that was payable to or for the benefit of
Executive at any time during the most recent full fiscal year of the Company
ended prior to the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance payments
under this Section (the “Base Element”), plus (II) the aggregate cash bonuses
that have been earned by the Executive for performance by the Executive during
the most recent fiscal year of the Company ended prior to the time the Executive
becomes entitled to severance payments under this Section, but any bonus shall
only be included in the foregoing to the extent it has been finally approved
and
fixed as to amount at the time the Executive becomes entitled to severance
payments under this Section (the “Bonus Element”); multiplied by (Y) 1.50. Such
payment shall be made in a lump sum within one (1) calendar week following
the
date of termination, or, if later, at the earliest time permitted under Section
409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), subject to
withholding by the Company as required by applicable law and regulations.
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other agreement of the
parties, if the severance payment or payments under this Agreement, either
along
or together with other payments which the Executive has the right receive from
the Company, would constitute a “parachute payment” (as defined in Section 280G
of the Code or any successor provision), such lump sum severance payment shall
be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of the lump sum
severance payment under this Agreement being subject to the excise tax imposed
by Section 4999 of the Code.
For
purposes of calculating the Base Severance under this Agreement, the following
shall apply:
|
(A)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that may have accrued but did not become payable at
any time
or during any period of reference.
|
|
(B)
|
Subject
to paragraph (C) below, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall not include
compensation that was paid in the form of Company stock or other
noncash
form.
|
|
(C)
|
Notwithstanding
paragraphs (A) and (B) above, “Total Annual Cash Compensation” shall
include compensation that otherwise would have been payable in cash
at any
time or during any period of reference, but was not paid in cash
because
of an election by the Executive to defer all or part of it or to
take it
in the form of Company stock or other noncash form.
|
|
(D)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed by the Company for a full
fiscal year prior to the time Executive becomes entitled to severance
payments under this Section, the amount of the Bonus Element shall
be
determined by dividing the actual cash bonuses payable for the partial
fiscal year by the actual number of calendar days of employment in
the
partial fiscal year, and multiplying the result by
365.
|
|
(E)
|
For
purposes of determining the Bonus Element, any signing bonus or other
compensation that was payable as an incentive to Executive’s employment
with the Company shall not be
considered.
|
|
(F)
|
If
the Executive shall not have been employed with the Company for a
full
fiscal year of the Company prior to the time that the Executive becomes
entitled to severance payments under this Section, the “Base Element” for
purposes of this Agreement shall be determined by dividing the amount
of
the Base Element as it would have been determined under clause (X)(I)
of
this paragraph by the actual number of calendar days of employment
in the
partial fiscal year, and multiplying the result by
365.
|
(II)
Medical/Health
Benefits
.
For a
period of one (1) year from the date of termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Company shall continue to pay for Executive's
health insurance, HMO or other similar medical provider benefits (excluding
any
disability plans or benefits) on the same terms and conditions available to
other employees from time to time. Thereafter, if the Executive chooses to
continue such medical/health benefits as provided under the Consolidated Omnibus
Budget Reconciliation Act ("COBRA"), Executive must do so at Executive's own
expense. If, at any time after the termination of Executive's employment with
the Company, Executive becomes covered for medical/health benefits on any terms
with a new employer, the Company shall thereafter have no obligation to pay
for
any benefits or coverage and the Company's COBRA obligations shall terminate
to
the extent permitted by COBRA. Executive agrees to immediately notify Company,
in writing, upon Executive's acceptance of new employment which provides
medical/health benefits for which Executive is eligible.
(g)
Any
termination of Executive's employment by Company or by Executive shall be
communicated by a dated, written notice, signed by the party giving the notice,
which shall (A) indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon; (B) set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executive's employment under
the
provision so indicated; (C) specify the effective date of
termination.
(h)
All
obligations under this Agreement are subject to termination by any bank
regulatory agency having jurisdiction over Holding Company or Bank ("Regulatory
Agency") in accordance with any applicable provisions of law or regulations
granting such authority, but rights of the Executive to compensation earned
as
of the date of termination shall not be affected.
(i)
Executive shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided
for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise. The severance
payments provided for in this Agreement shall not be reduced by any compensation
or other payments received by Executive after the date of termination of
Executive's employment from any source.
4.
Execution
of Release Required
.
Executive agrees that, as a precondition to receiving the payments provided
for
in this Agreement, Executive shall have executed and delivered to Holding
Company and Bank a release or releases, in form satisfactory to Holding Company
and Bank, releasing all claims which Executive may then have against Holding
Company or Bank, including without limitation any claims related to employment,
termination of employment, discrimination, harrassment, compensation or
benefits, but excluding any claims for payments due or to become due under
this
Agreement.
5.
Payment
Obligations Absolute
.
Provided that the preconditions for payment set forth in this Agreement are
fully satisfied, Company's obligation to pay Executive the severance payments
provided herein shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected
by
any circumstances, including, without limitation, any set-off counter claim,
recoupment, defense or other right which Company may have against Executive.
All
amounts payable by Company hereunder shall be paid without notice or
demand.
6.
Continuing
Obligations
.
Executive shall retain in confidence any confidential information known to
him
concerning Company and its business so long as such information is not publicly
disclosed.
7.
Amendments
.
No
amendments to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing, signed by
both
parties, which states expressly that it amends this Agreement.
8.
Notices
.
Notices
under this Agreement shall be deemed sufficient and effective if (i) in writing
and (ii) either (A) when delivered in person or by facsimile, telecopier,
telegraph or other electronic means capable of being embodied in written form
or
(B) forty-eight (48) hours after deposit thereof in the U.S. mails by certified
or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to
each
party at such party's address first set forth above and, in the case of Company,
to the attention of the Chairman of the Board, or to such other notice address
as the party to be notified may have designated by written notice to the sending
party.
9.
Prior
Agreements
.
There
are no other agreements between Company and Executive regarding Executive's
employment. This Agreement is the entire agreement of the parties with respect
to its subject matter and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous
discussions, representations, understandings or agreements regarding its subject
matter.
10.
Assigns
and Successors
.
The
rights and obligations of Company under this Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Company
and
Executive, provided, however, that Executive shall not assign or anticipate
any
of his rights hereunder, whether by operation of law or otherwise. For purposes
of this Agreement, "Company" shall also refer to any successor to Holding
Company or Bank, whether such succession occurs by merger, consolidation,
purchase and assumption, sale of assets or otherwise.
11.
Executive's
Acknowledgment of Terms
.
Executive acknowledges that he has read this Agreement fully and carefully,
understands its terms and that it has been entered into by Executive
voluntarily. Executive acknowledges that any payments to be made hereunder
will
constitute additional compensation to Executive. Executive further acknowledges
that Executive has had sufficient opportunity to consider this Agreement and
discuss it with Executive's own advisors, including Executive's attorney and
accountants. Executive has been informed that Executive has the right to
consider this Agreement for a period of at least twenty one (21) days prior
to
entering into it. Executive acknowledges that Executive has taken sufficient
time to consider this Agreement before signing it. Executive also acknowledges
that Executive has the right to revoke this Agreement for a period of seven
(7)
days following this Agreement's execution by giving written notice of revocation
to Company.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the due execution of this
Agreement as of the date first set forth above.
Attest:
_________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E, Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
Holding
Company:
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:________________________________
Print
Name: William S. Latoff,
Title:
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
Attest:
_________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E, Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
Bank:
DNB
FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:________________________________
Print
Name: William S. Latoff,
Title:
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
|
Witness:
_________________________
Print
Name: Bruce E. Moroney
|
Executive:
_________________________
Print
Name: Albert J. Melfi,
|
Exhibit
10r
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL
EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
FOR
WILLIAM
S. LATOFF
TABLE
OF
CONTENTS
|
PAGE
|
ARTICLE
I. PURPOSE
|
1
|
ARTICLE
II. DEFINITIONS
|
1
|
ARTICLE
III. ALLOCATION OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION
|
3
|
ARTICLE
IV. VESTING
|
3
|
ARTICLE
V. ENTITLEMENT TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION
|
4
|
ARTICLE
VI. FUNDING OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION
|
6
|
ARTICLE
VII. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARIES
|
6
|
ARTICLE
VIII. ADMINISTRATION
|
7
|
ARTICLE
IX. AMENDMENT
|
8
|
ARTICLE
X. MISCELLANEOUS
|
8
|
APPENDIX
A DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY
|
10
|
ARTICLE
I
PURPOSE
1.01
The
primary purpose of this Plan is to provide a supplemental retirement benefit
to
the Executive in order to competitively compensate him for being elected
full-time Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company in 2004 and,
as a
result, foregoing opportunities to accrue substantial retirement income in
connection with his other business interests. The Deferred Compensation shall
be
earned by the Executive and accrued by the Company on a defined contribution
basis.
ARTICLE
II
DEFINITIONS
2.01
"Account"
means a bookkeeping reserve account established in the books of the Company
for
the Executive.
2.02
“Accrued
Benefit” means, at any point in time, the Executive’s vested interest, as
determined pursuant to Article IV, below, in the Account resulting from all
thirteen (13) allocations pursuant to Section 3.01, below, plus or minus
earnings or losses pursuant to Section 3.02, below, and after taking into
account any previous payments pursuant to Article V, below.
2.03
“Bank”
means DNB First, National Association.
2.04
"Beneficiary"
means the beneficiary or beneficiaries designated by the Executive to receive
the amounts, if any, payable under the Plan upon his or her death, pursuant
to
Article VII, below.
2.05
"Board
of
Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
2.06
“Cause”
means personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary
duty involving personal profit, conviction of a felony, suspension or removal
from office or prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Company’s or
Bank’s affairs pursuant to a notice or other action by any regulatory agency
having jurisdiction over the Company or the Bank, or willful violation of any
law, rule or regulation or final cease-and-desist order which in the reasonable
judgment of the Board of Directors will probably cause substantial economic
damages to the Company, willful or intentional breach or neglect by Executive
of
his duties, or material breach of any material provision of any agreement
between the Company or the Bank and the Executive pertaining to his employment.
For purposes of this definition of “Cause,” no act, or failure to act on
Executive’s part shall be considered “willful” unless done, or omitted to be
done, by him without good faith and without reasonable belief that this action
or omission was in the best interest of Company; provided that any act or
omission to act by Executive in reliance upon an approving opinion of counsel
to
the Company or counsel to the Executive shall not be deemed to be willful.
The
terms “incompetence” and “misconduct” shall be defined with reference to
standards generally prevailing in the banking industry. In determining
incompetence and misconduct, Company shall have the burden of proof with regard
to the acts or omission of Executive and the standards prevailing in the banking
industry.
2.07
“Change
of Control” means any one or more of the following, with respect to the Company
or the Bank:
(1)
a
change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response
to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) (or any successor provision) as it may
be amended from time to time;
(2)
any
“persons” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act
in effect on the date first written above), other than Company or Bank or any
“person” who on the date hereof is a director of officer of Company or Bank, is
or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange
Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company or Bank representing
25%
or more of the combined voting power of Company’s or Bank’s then outstanding
securities; or
(3)
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of
each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been
approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the
directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the period.
2.08
“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
2.09
"Company"
means DNB Financial Corporation.
2.10
"Deferred
Compensation" means the supplemental compensation and earnings
thereon
credited to the Account.
2.11
"Effective
Date" means December 20, 2006.
2.12
"Executive"
means William S. Latoff.
2.13
“Good
Reason” means (a) the assignment to Executive of any duties inconsistent with
Executive’s positions, duties, responsibilities, titles or offices with the
Company or the Bank as in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control,
(b)
any removal of Executive from, or any failure to re-elect Executive to, any
of
such positions, except in connection with a termination or suspension of
employment for Cause, disability, death or retirement, (c) a reduction by the
Company or the Bank in Executive’s base annual salary, bonus and/or benefits as
in effect immediately prior to a Change in Control or as the same may be
increased from time to time thereafter, or the failure to grant periodic
increases in the Executive’s base annual salary on a basis at least
substantially comparable to the lowest periodic increase granted to other
officers of the Company having the title of executive vice president or above,
(iv) any purported termination of Executive’s employment with the Company or the
Bank when Cause does not exist, or (v) a relocation of Executive’s workplace
outside of Chester County.
2.14
“Payment
Date” means January 1, 2019.
2.15
"Plan"
means this DNB Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan,
as
the same may be amended from time to time.
2.16
"Trustee"
means the individual or corporation appointed by the Company to serve as trustee
of a trust established by the Company pursuant to Article VI,
below.
2.17
"Valuation
Date" means the last day of each calendar month on which the New York Stock
Exchange is open for business.
ARTICLE
III
ALLOCATION
OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION
3.01
On
or
about the Effective Date, but not later than December 31, 2006, and on or about
each one-year anniversary of the Effective Date during the years 2007 through
2018, but not later than December 31 of such year, the Company shall credit
Deferred Compensation to the Account in the amount of seventy thousand dollars
($70,000).
3.02
As
of
each Valuation Date, the Company shall credit the Account with earnings or
losses on the balance of the Account since the preceding Valuation Date in
accordance with the performance of the investments selected pursuant to Section
6.04, below.
ARTICLE
IV
VESTING
4.01
For
purposes of this Plan, the Executive shall have a vested interest in the balance
of the Account of forty percent (40%) as of the Effective Date. Thereafter,
the
Executive’s vested interest in the balance of the Account shall be determined in
accordance with the following schedule, provided that the Executive remains
employed, continuously, by the Company or the Bank through the dates
indicated:
Date
|
Vested
Percentage
|
December
15, 2007
|
60%
|
December
15, 2008
|
80%
|
December
15, 2009
|
100%
|
4.02
Notwithstanding
Section 4.01, above, (a) the Executive’s vested interest in the Account upon and
at all times following his termination by the Company or the Bank for reasons
other than Cause shall be one hundred percent (100%); (b) the Executive’s vested
interest in the Account upon and at all times following his termination of
employment with the Company or the Bank for Good Reason following a Change
in
Control shall be one hundred percent (100%); and (c) the Executive’s vested
interest in the Account upon and at all times following his termination of
employment with the Company or the Bank for Good Reason following the signing
of
a letter of intent or a formal acquisition or merger agreement between the
Company or the Bank, of the one part, and a third party which contemplates
a
transaction that would result in a Change in Control, but only if such letter
of
intent or agreement, or the transaction contemplated thereby, has not been
canceled or terminated at the time of his termination for Good
Reason.
ARTICLE
V
ENTITLEMENT
TO DEFERRED COMPENSATION
5.01
Commencing
on the Payment Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Executive’s
Accrued Benefit shall be paid to him in ten (10) annual installments. Payment
shall commence on the Payment Date whether or not the Executive is still
employed by the Company or the Bank as of the Payment Date.
5.02
At
least
one year prior to the Payment Date, the Executive may make an election to defer
receipt of the installment payments set forth in Section 5.01, and instead
receive payment of his Accrued Benefit in two or more, but not more than ten
(10), annual installments commencing as of a date specified by the Executive,
or
in a single lump sum as of a date specified by the Executive, provided that
in
either case such date is at least five years following the Payment Date. Any
such election shall be in writing and delivered to the Chief Financial Officer
of the Company at least one year prior to the Payment Date.
5.03
In
the
event of the death of the Executive prior to the Payment Date, the Executive’s
Accrued Benefit shall be paid to his Beneficiary in either a single lump sum,
in
annual installments over a period of years not exceeding ten (10), or by the
purchase and distribution of a commercial annuity contract, as of or commencing
on the Payment Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, as directed by the
Beneficiary in a written election delivered to the Chief Financial Officer
of
the Company. Such written election shall be made no later than the last date
permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder. If no
such
written election is made in a timely manner, or if no such election is permitted
by Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the Executive’s
Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary in a single lump sum as of
the
Payment Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter.
5.04
If
payments hereunder are to be made in two or more installments, the amount of
each installment, other than the final installment, shall be equal to the
Accrued Benefit as of the last Valuation Date preceding payment, divided by
the
number of payments remaining in the installment period, including the current
payment. The amount of the final installment shall be equal to the Accrued
Benefit as of the last Valuation Date preceding the date of payment. Any amount
remaining upon the death of the Executive shall be paid to his Beneficiary
in
either a single lump sum, in annual installments over a period of years not
exceeding ten (10), or by the purchase and distribution of a commercial annuity
contract, as of or commencing on the Payment Date, or as soon as practicable
thereafter, as directed by the Beneficiary in a written election delivered
to
the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. Such written election shall be
made
no later than the last date permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the
regulations thereunder. If no such written election is made in a timely manner,
or if no such election is permitted by Section 409A of the Code and the
regulations thereunder, the Executive’s Accrued Benefit shall be paid to the
Beneficiary in a single lump sum as of the Payment Date, or as soon as
practicable thereafter.
5.05
All
amounts payable pursuant to this Plan shall be subject to all applicable
Federal, state and local tax withholding requirements, and other charges and
assessments imposed by law.
5.06
Notwithstanding
the foregoing provisions of this Article V, or the vesting rules of Article
IV,
if the Executive’s employment with the Company or the Bank is terminated for
Cause prior to the commencement of payments, he shall forfeit the Accrued
Benefit, and no payments to him or his Beneficiary shall be made under this
Plan. If the Executive’s employment with the Company or the Bank is terminated
for Cause after the commencement of payments, he shall forfeit the Accrued
Benefit, and no further payments to him or his Beneficiary shall be made under
this Plan.
5.07
(a)
If,
as a
result of payments provided for under or pursuant to this Plan, together with
all other payments in the nature of compensation provided to or for the benefit
of the Executive under any other plans or agreements in connection with a Change
in Control, the Executive becomes subject to excise taxes under Section 4999
of
the Code, then, in addition to any other benefits provided under or pursuant
to
this Plan or otherwise, the Company shall pay to the Executive at the time
any
such payments are made under or pursuant to this or other plans or agreements,
an amount equal to the amount of such excise taxes (the “Parachute Tax
Reimbursement”). In addition, the Company shall “gross up” such Parachute Tax
Reimbursement by paying to the Executive at the same time an additional amount
equal to the aggregate amount of any additional taxes (whether income taxes,
excise taxes, special taxes, employment taxes or otherwise, and whether Federal,
state or local) that are or will be payable by the Executive as a result of
the
Parachute Tax Reimbursement being paid or payable to the Executive and as a
result of such additional amounts paid or payable to the Executive pursuant
to
this sentence, such that after payment of such additional taxes the Executive
shall have been paid on a net, after-tax basis an amount equal to the Parachute
Tax Reimbursement. The amount of the gross-up described in the immediately
preceding sentence shall be computed on the assumption that the Executive shall
be subject to each applicable tax at the highest marginal rate of such tax.
(b)
The
amount of any Parachute Tax Reimbursement and any gross-up shall be determined
by a registered public accounting firm selected by the Compensation Committee
of
the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination, absent manifest
error, shall be treated as conclusive and binding absent a binding determination
by a governmental authority that a greater or lesser amount of taxes is payable
by the Executive.
(c)
If
the
Parachute Tax Reimbursement and a gross-up are provided for the Executive
pursuant to one or more other plans or agreements in addition to this Plan,
they
shall be provided only once.
ARTICLE
VI
FUNDING
OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION
6.01
Except
as
provided by the terms of the Trust established pursuant to Section 6.02, below,
neither the Executive nor the Beneficiary shall have any right, title, or
interest in or to any investments which the Company may make to aid it in
meeting its obligations hereunder. Such investments, whether held in trust
or
otherwise, shall be unrestricted corporate assets.
6.02
The
Company shall establish the Trust for the purpose of funding the Deferred
Compensation provided hereunder. The Trust shall include such terms,
restrictions and limitations as necessary to ensure that it will be treated
as a
"grantor trust" within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter
I, subtitle A of the Code, with respect to the Company. Moreover, the Trust
shall be evidenced by an agreement substantially similar to the form of the
model trust agreement set forth in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure
92-64, including any modification to such Revenue Procedure, and include
provisions required in such model trust agreement that all assets of the trust
shall be subject to the claims of creditors of the Company in the event of
its
insolvency. Any assets of the Trust remaining after the obligations to the
Executive and his Beneficiary have been satisfied shall be paid to the Company.
6.03
On
each
date an amount is credited to the Account pursuant to Section 3.01, above,
the
Company shall contribute such amount to the Trust.
6.04
The
Company shall direct the Trustee of the Trust to invest the assets of the Trust
in accordance with the investment directions of the Executive, or, after the
Executive’s death, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The
Executive shall communicate his investment selections, and any changes thereto,
in writing to the Company, and the Company shall direct the Trustee to implement
such investment selections or changes thereto as soon as practicable thereafter.
Neither the Company, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors,
the
Trustee, nor their respective employees and agents shall be liable for any
losses attributable to the Executive’s investment selections or changes thereto,
or a reasonable delay in implementation thereof, or the investment selections
made by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors following the
Executive’s death.
6.05
Notwithstanding
any provision of the Trust to the contrary, all expenses of the Trust, and
any
taxes that may be levied against the Trust, shall be paid by the Company, other
than taxes required to be withheld from payments of Trust assets to the
Executive or his Beneficiary. In the event that any Trust assets are used to
pay
expenses or taxes of the Trust, the Company shall reimburse the Trust within
five business days of such payment.
ARTICLE
VII
DESIGNATION
OF BENEFICIARIES
7.01
The
Executive shall file with the Company a written designation in the form attached
hereto as Appendix A of one or more persons as Beneficiary to receive the
amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon his death. The Executive may, from
time to time, revoke or change his Beneficiary designation by filing a new
designation with the Company. The last such designation received by the Company
shall be controlling, provided, however, that no designation, change or
revocation thereof, shall be effective unless received by the Company prior
to
the Executive’s death.
7.02
If
no
such Beneficiary designation is in effect at the time of the Executive’s death,
or if no designated Beneficiary survives the Executive, the payment of the
amount, if any, payable under the Plan upon his or her death shall be made
to
his or her surviving spouse; if no surviving spouse, to the Executive’s
surviving children equally; if no surviving children, to the Executive’s
surviving grandchildren equally; if no surviving grandchildren, to the
Executive’s estate.
ARTICLE
VIII
ADMINISTRATION
8.01
The
Company shall have the discretionary authority to determine eligibility for
payments under the Plan and to construe, interpret and administer the Plan,
and
shall do so in a manner that is consistent with the requirements and limitations
of Section 409A of the Code.
8.02
The
Executive or, in the event of the Executive’s death, the Executive’s
Beneficiary, may file a written claim for payment hereunder with the Company.
In
the event of a denial of any payment due to or requested by the Executive or
Beneficiary (the “claimant”), the Company will give the claimant written
notification containing specific reasons for the denial. The written
notification will contain specific reference to the pertinent provisions of
this
Agreement on which the denial of the claim is based. In addition, it will
contain a description of any other material or information necessary for the
claimant to perfect a claim, and an explanation of why such material or
information is necessary. The notification will provide further appropriate
information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant wishes to submit the
claim for review and the time limits applicable thereto, and a statement of
the
claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. This written notification
will be given to a claimant within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim
by the Company unless special circumstances require an extension of time for
processing the claim, in which case the Company shall provide written notice
of
the extension to the claimant and the reasons therefore, and the date by which
the Company expects to make its determination with respect to the claim. In
no
event shall such extension exceed 90 days.
8.03
In
the
event of a denial of a claim for benefits, the claimant or a duly authorized
representative will be permitted to submit issues and comments in writing to
the
Company and to submit documents, records and other information relating to
the
claim for benefits. The claimant or a duly authorized representative shall
also
be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies
of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s
claim for benefits. In addition, the claimant or a duly authorized
representative may make a written request for a full and fair review of the
claim and its denial by the Company that takes into account all comments,
documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, without
regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial
benefits determination; provided, however, that such written request is received
by the Company (or its delegate) within sixty (60) days after receipt by the
claimant of written notification of the denial. The sixty (60) day requirement
may be waived by the Company in appropriate cases.
8.04
A
decision on review of a claim for benefits will be rendered by the Company
within sixty (60) days after the receipt of the request. Under special
circumstances, an extension (up to an additional 60 days) can be granted for
processing the decision. Notice of this extension must be provided in writing
to
the claimant prior to the expiration of the initial sixty-day period. In no
event will the decision be rendered more than one hundred twenty (120) days
after the initial request for review. Any decision by the Company will be
furnished to the claimant in writing and will set forth the specific reasons
for
the decision and the specific provisions on which the decision is based. The
claimant or a duly authorized representative shall also be provided, upon
request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents,
records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits.
ARTICLE
IX
AMENDMENT
9.01
Except
as
provided in Section 9.02, the Company may amend the Plan only with the express,
written consent of the Executive or, after his death, the
Beneficiary.
9.02
The
Company may amend the Plan at any time to the extent necessary to comply with
any requirement or limitation set forth in Section 409A of the Code or the
regulations relating thereto.
ARTICLE
X
MISCELLANEOUS
10.01
Nothing
contained in the Plan shall give the Executive the right to be retained in
the
employment of the Company or the Bank or affect the right of either party to
terminate the Executive’s services. The adoption of the Plan shall not
constitute an employment contract between the Company and
Executive.
10.02
If
the
Company shall find that any person to whom any amount is payable under the
Plan
is unable to care for his or her affairs because of illness or accident, or
is a
minor, the Company may direct that any amount to which such person is entitled
be paid to his or her spouse, a child, a relative, an institution maintaining
or
having custody of such person, or any other person deemed by the Company to
be a
proper recipient on behalf of such person otherwise entitled to payment. Any
such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and
the
Company therefor.
10.03
Except
insofar as may otherwise be required by law, no amount payable at any time
under
the Plan shall be subject in any manner to alienation by anticipation, sale,
transfer, assignment, bankruptcy, pledge, attachment, charge, encumbrance or
garnishment by creditors of the Executive or the Beneficiary nor be subject
in
any manner to the debts or liabilities of any
person,
and any attempt to do so alienate or subject any such amount, whether presently
or thereafter payable, shall be void.
10.04
It
is the
intention of the Company that the Plan shall be unfunded for Federal income
tax
purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended.
10.05
All
rights under this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the
laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, except to the extent such laws are
superseded by the laws of the United States.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its
authorized
officers as of this 20
th
day of
December, 2006.
|
|
ATTEST:
|
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
__________________________
|
By:_________________________
|
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
SUPPLEMENTAL
EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN
FOR
WILLIAM
S. LATOFF
APPENDIX
A
·
DESIGNATION
OF BENEFICIARY
Pursuant
to the above-referenced Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“Plan”), I,
William S. Latoff, hereby designate the following person(s) or entity(ies)
as
beneficiary(ies) of any and all amounts which shall be payable pursuant to
the
Plan by reason of or following my death and revoke all such prior beneficiary
designations:
Primary
Beneficiary I
|
Primary
Beneficiary II
(optional
)
|
Name:
|
Name:
|
Address:
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
SSN/EIN:
|
SSN/EIN:
|
Relationship:
Spouse
|
Relationship:
|
Percentage:
100%
|
Percentage:
|
|
|
Contingent
Beneficiary I
|
Contingent
Beneficiary II
(optional)
|
Name:
|
Name:
|
Address:
|
Address:
|
|
|
SSN/EIN:
|
SSN/EIN:
|
Relationship:
Daughter
|
Relationship:
|
Percentage:
100%
|
Percentage:
|
|
|
|
|
|
_____________________
12/20/2006
(signature)
(date)
|
________________
·
This
form
should be revised if more than two Primary Beneficiaries or more than two
Contingent Beneficiaries are to be designated.
Exhibit
10s
TRUST
AGREEMENT
THIS
TRUST AGREEMENT, effective as of December 20, 2006, is made by and between
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION ("Company") and DNB FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
("Trustee").
WHEREAS,
the Company has a adopted the DNB Financial Corporation Supplemental Executive
Retirement Plan for William S. Latoff (the “Plan”);
WHEREAS,
the Company has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of the
Plan to Mr. Latoff (the “Participant”);
WHEREAS,
the Company wishes to establish a trust (the "Trust") and to contribute to
the
Trust the assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the
Company's creditors in the event of the Company's Insolvency, as defined in
Section 4, until paid to the Participant in such manner and at such times as
specified in the Plan and this Trust Agreement;
WHEREAS,
it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded
arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan
maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a management
or highly compensated employee as described in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and
401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
(“ERISA”); and
WHEREAS,
it is the intention of the Company to make contributions to the Trust to provide
a source of funds to meet its liabilities under the Plan.
NOW
THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust
shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:
Section
1. Establishment of Trust.
(a)
The
Company hereby establishes the Trust with the Trustee, consisting of such sums
of money and other property acceptable to the Trustee as from time to time
shall
be paid and delivered to and accepted by the Trustee from the Company (the
"Trust Fund"). The Trustee shall have no duty to determine or collect
contributions under the Plan and shall have no responsibility for any property
until it is received and accepted by the Trustee. The Company shall have the
sole duty and responsibility for the determination of the accuracy or
sufficiency of the contributions to be made under the Plan. All such money
and
other property paid or delivered to and accepted by the Trustee shall become
the
principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee
as provided in this Trust Agreement.
(b)
The
Trust hereby established shall be irrevocable; notwithstanding the fact that
the
Trust is irrevocable, the Company may terminate the Plan to the extent permitted
by its terms.
(c)
The
Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Company is the grantor,
within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, subtitle
A of
the Code, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly. The Company represents
and warrants to the Trustee that the Plan is not and shall not be subject to
Part 4 of Title I of ERISA.
(d)
The
principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and
apart
from other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively for the purposes
of paying benefits to the Participant under the Plan, expenses of the Trust
and,
in the event of Insolvency, obligations of the Company to its general creditors
as herein set forth. The Participant and his beneficiaries shall have no
preferred claim on, nor any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of
the
Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust Agreement shall be
unsecured contractual rights of the Participant and his beneficiaries against
the Company. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of
the
Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of
Insolvency, as defined in Section 4(a) herein.
(e)
In
addition to the contributions necessary to meet the funding requirement
described in Section 2, the Company, in its sole discretion, may at any time,
or
from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust
with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed
of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee
nor
the Participant or any beneficiary shall have any right to compel such
additional deposits.
Section
2. Trust Funding Requirement
From
time
to time, the Company shall contribute to the Trust (in cash or other property
as
provided or permitted by the Plan) the amounts the Company is obligated to
credit to the Participant’s account under the Plan (herein, the “Deferred
Compensation Account”), except that no amounts shall be contributed during any
period to the extent necessary to avoid the application of Section 409A(b)(3)
of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or regulations
applicable thereto.
Section
3. Payments to the Participant and his Beneficiaries.
(a)
The
Company shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that
indicates the amounts payable in respect of the Participant and that provides
a
formula or other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the
amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided
for
or available under the Plan), and the time of commencement for payment of such
amounts. The Company shall be responsible for notifying the Trustee of any
change in the information on the Payment Schedule. Except as otherwise provided
herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Participant (including
beneficiaries) in accordance with such Payment Schedule.
(b)
It is
the intent of the Company and the Trustee that the Company shall be responsible
for determining and effecting all federal, state and local tax aspects of the
Plan and the Trust Fund, including without limitation income taxes payable
on
the Trust Fund's income, if any, any required withholding of income or other
payroll taxes in connection with the payment of benefits
from
the
Trust Fund pursuant to the Plan, and all reporting required in connection with
any such taxes. To the extent that the Company is required by applicable law
to
pay or withhold such taxes or to file such reports, such obligation shall be
a
responsibility allocated to the Company, as the case may be, hereunder. To
the
extent the Trustee is required by applicable law to pay or withhold such taxes
or to file such reports, the Company shall inform the Trustee of such
obligation, shall direct the Trustee with respect to the performance of such
obligations and shall provide the Trustee with all information required by
the
Trustee to meet such obligations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
may
elect to pay any applicable taxes directly. In the event the Company pays taxes
directly, such amounts may be reimbursed from Trust assets by the Trustee,
provided that the Company certifies the amount of taxes paid directly and
instructs the Trustee to remit a reimbursement of such taxes to the
Company.
(c)
The
entitlement of the Participant (including any beneficiaries) to benefits under
the Plan shall be determined by the Company or such party as it shall designate
under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed
under the procedures set out in the Plan. The Company shall notify the Trustee
of such determination and shall direct commencement of payments of such
benefits.
(d)
The
Company may make payment of benefits directly to the Participant as they become
due under the terms of the Plan. The Company shall notify the Trustee of its
decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time such amounts
are
payable. If requested by the Company, the Trustee shall reimburse the Company
for any benefits under the Plan and Trust which are paid by the Company or
otherwise satisfied. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, together with
any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payment of benefits in
accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Company shall immediately make up
the
balance of each such payment as it falls due. The Trustee shall notify the
Company when principal and earnings are not sufficient.
Section
4. Trustee Responsibility regarding Payments to Trust Beneficiary When Company
Is or Is Alleged to Be Insolvent.
(a)
The
Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to the Participant and his beneficiaries
if the Company is Insolvent. The Company shall be considered "Insolvent" for
purposes of this Trust Agreement if (i) the Company is unable to pay its debts
as they become due, or (ii) the Company is subject to a pending proceeding
as a
debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code. A determination of Insolvency
under the terms of this Trust Agreement does not constitute an admission of
insolvency by the Company for any other purpose.
(b)
At
all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in Section 1(d)
hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of
general creditors of the Company under federal and state law as set forth
below.
(1)
The
Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company shall have
the
duty to inform the Trustee in writing of the Company's Insolvency. If a person
claiming to be a creditor of the Company alleges in writing to the Trustee
that
the Company has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the
Company is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall
discontinue payment of benefits to the Participant and his beneficiaries. In
all
cases, the Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the written
certification of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company when determining whether the Company is Insolvent.
(2)
Unless the Trustee has received notice from the Company or a person claiming
to
be a creditor alleging that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have
no
duty to inquire whether the Company is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events
rely on such evidence concerning the Company's solvency as may be furnished
to
the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making
a
determination concerning the Company's solvency.
(3)
If at
any time the Trustee has determined that the Company is Insolvent, the Trustee
shall discontinue payments to the Participant or his beneficiaries and shall
hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Company's general creditors
except that the Trustee's fees and expenses may continue to be paid pursuant
to
Section 11 subject to any applicable bankruptcy rules. Nothing in this Trust
Agreement shall in any way diminish any rights of the Participant or his
beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Company with
respect to benefits due under the Plan or otherwise.
(4)
The
Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to the Participant or his
beneficiaries in accordance with Section 3 of this Trust Agreement only after
the Trustee has determined that the Company is not Insolvent (or is no longer
Insolvent).
(c)
Provided that there are sufficient assets if the Trustee discontinues the
payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 4(b) hereof and
subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such
discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to the
Participant or his beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan (as certified
to
the Trustee by the Company) for the period of such discontinuance less the
aggregate amount of any payments made to the Participant or his beneficiaries
by
the Company in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such
period of discontinuance.
Section
5. Payments to Company.
Except
as
otherwise specifically provided in this Trust Agreement, the Company shall
have
no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Company or to divert
to
others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits has been made
to
the Participant and his beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan (as
certified to the Trustee by the Company). Notwithstanding the above, the Company
may direct the Trustee to transfer to the Company Trust Fund assets in an amount
necessary to avoid triggering taxable income to the Participant or a beneficiary
if the Participant or beneficiary would be required to recognize income tax
on
such funds if they remain in the Trust. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely
solely on the Company's representation that the amount directed to be returned
to the Company could become taxable to the Participant or a beneficiary and
shall have no duty to review the Company's determination of the
amount.
Section
6. Investment and Administrative Authority.
(a)
The
Trustee shall invest the assets of the Trust in accordance with the directions
of the Company. Subject to the investment directions of the Company, the Trustee
shall have the following powers:
(1)
The
Trustee may invest and reinvest the principal and income of the Trust and keep
it invested, without distinction between principal and income, as provided
in
the Investment Guidelines.
(2)
The
Trustee may collect and receive any and all money and other property due the
Trust and give full discharge therefor.
(3)
The
Trustee may settle, compromise or submit to arbitration any claims, debt or
damages due or owing to or from the Trust; the Trustee may also commence or
defend suits or legal proceedings to protect any interest of the Trust, and may
represent the Trust in all suits or legal proceedings in any court or before
any
other body or tribunal.
(4)
The
Trustee may take all action necessary to pay for authorized transactions,
including the temporary advancement of cash or securities to settle security
purchases and/or foreign exchange or contracts for foreign exchange and any
property at any time held in the Trust Fund shall be security therefore to
the
extent of such advancement until it is repaid.
(5)
The
Trustee may appoint custodians, subcustodians or subtrustees, domestic or
foreign (including affiliates of the Trustee), as to part or all of the Trust.
The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any losses or damages
suffered by the Company arising as a result of the insolvency of any custodian,
subcustodian or subtrustee, except to the extent the Trustee was negligent
in
its selection or continued retention of such custodian, subcustodian or
subtrustee. In no event shall Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of
any
custodian, subcustodian or subtrustee appointed pursuant to the direction of
the
Company or an investment manager.
(6)
The
Trustee may hold property in nominee name, in bearer form, or in book entry
form, in a clearinghouse corporation or in a depository (including an affiliate
of the Trustee), so long as the Trustee's records clearly indicate that the
assets held are a part of the Trust. The Trustee shall not be responsible for
any losses resulting from the deposit or maintenance of securities or other
property (in accordance with market practice, custom, or regulation) with any
recognized foreign or domestic clearing facility, book-entry system, centralized
custodial depository, or similar organization.
(7)
The
Trustee may generally do all acts, whether or not expressly authorized, which
the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable for the protection of the
Trust.
(b)
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the
Company has directed the Trustee to invest Trust assets in shares of Company
common stock or other stock for which Company common stock has been exchanged
(“Stock”), the Trustee shall be authorized to accept, hold and purchase Stock,
reinvest income in Stock, and otherwise administer Stock for the benefit of
the
Participant, without any obligation to diversify
investments
or investment risk for the benefit of the Participant, and without regard to
any
“prudent investor” or similar laws or rules, and notwithstanding that the
Trustee may be affiliated with the Company or otherwise personally interested
in
the Company, the Stock or any transactions in Stock; and the Trustee shall
have
no obligation to refrain from self-dealing in connection with any Stock or
any
interests in Stock administered by the Trustee. Without limiting the foregoing,
the Trustee shall not be obligated, even when requested by the Participant,
to
sell or otherwise dispose of any Stock prior to distribution of the Stock to
the
Participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, the Participant’s
applicable elections, and this Trust Agreement. The Company, for itself and
its
successors, hereby releases, holds harmless and indemnifies the Trustee, all
successors to the Trustee in such capacity, and each of their agents and the
respective successors, personal representatives and heirs of each of the
foregoing, from and against all liability (including without limitation due
to
claims of negligence), loss, cost, damages (including without limitation
consequential damages, lost profits, loss of expectation and punitive or
exemplary damages of all kinds) and expense (including without limitation
attorneys fees and costs of litigation) which the Company or the Participant
or
his personal representatives, heirs or beneficiaries may now or hereafter suffer
or incur by virtue of the Trustee’s acting or omitting to act based on the
authority granted to the Trustee in this subsection. The provisions of this
subsection shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.
(c)
Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have discretion to vote any shares
of
Stock except pursuant to instructions received from the Participant. The Trustee
shall be authorized, in its discretion, to take either of the following actions
in connection with shareholders meetings or other circumstances where the
Participant’s vote, approval or other action is requested: (i) to forward to
each Participant the materials received by the Trustee for the Participant
with
respect to the vote, approval or other action, along with a notification to
the
Participant to deliver the proxy card or other voting, approval or other
materials directly to the Company or elsewhere as the Company shall direct;
or
(ii) to forward to the Participant copies of the materials received with respect
to the vote, approval or other action, along with a notification to the
Participant that the Trustee will vote or withhold votes, or provide or withhold
other approvals or actions, with respect to shares of Stock allocated to the
Deferred Compensation Account, only according to instructions received from
the
Participant. In the case described in clause (ii) of this subsection, the
Trustee shall have no authority to take any action with respect to a vote,
approval or other action requested of any Stock allocated to the Deferred
Compensation Account in the absence of instructions from the Participant. The
Company agrees, to the extent requested by the Trustee, to: (I) provide to
the
Trustee copies of materials being distributed to shareholders as the Trustee
may
request in order to fulfill the Trustee’s obligations to the Participant under
this Trust Agreement with respect thereto; and (II) deliver such materials
directly to the Participant, along with any notification or other materials
required by the Trustee, to addresses to be provided by the
Trustee.
Section
7. Settlement and Income; Market Practice Settlements.
(a)
In
accordance with the Trustee's standard operating procedure, the Trustee shall
credit the Trust Fund with income, which shall include interest, dividends
and
return of capital, and maturity proceeds on securities on contractual payment
date net of any taxes or upon actual
receipt.
To the extent the Trustee credits income on contractual payment date, the
Trustee may reverse such accounting entries to the contractual payment date
if
the Trustee reasonably believes that such amount will not be
received.
(b)
In
accordance with the Trustee's standard operating procedure, the Trustee will
attend to the settlement of securities transactions on the basis of either
contractual settlement date accounting or actual settlement date accounting.
To
the extent the Trustee settles certain securities transactions on the basis
of
contractual settlement date accounting, the Trustee may reverse any entry
relating to such contractual settlement if the Trustee reasonably believes
that
such amount will not be received.
(c)
Settlements of transactions may be effected in trading and processing practices
customary in the jurisdiction or market where the transaction occurs. The
Company acknowledges that this may, in certain circumstances, require the
delivery of cash or securities (or other property) without the concurrent
receipt of securities (or other property) or cash. In such circumstances, the
Trustee shall have no responsibility for nonreceipt of payment (or late payment)
or nondelivery of securities or other property (or late delivery) by the
counterparty.
Section
8. Disposition of Income.
During
the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust with respect to the
Deferred Compensation Account, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated
and reinvested in and for the benefit of the Deferred Compensation Account,
and
in the case distributions with respect to Stock,
according to
the
procedures and valuation provisions as are applicable under the Company’s
dividend reinvestment plan from time to time. In order to comply with this
requirement, the Trustee is authorized to deposit Stock held by it in one or
more accounts under the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan. The Trustee shall
have no liability to anyone whatsoever for any failure of the Company, any
administrator or any other agent of the Company to adhere to the provisions
of
the Company’s dividend reinvestment plan.
Section
9. Accounting by Trustee.
The
Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts,
disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such
specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Company and
the
Trustee. Within sixty (60) days following the close of each calendar year and
within ninety (90) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the
Trustee shall deliver to the Company a written account of its administration
of
the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last
preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all
investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it,
including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold
with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest
paid
or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and
other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date
of
such removal or resignation, as the case may be. If, within 120 days after
the
Trustee mails to the Company a statement with respect to the Trust, the Company
has not given the Trustee written notice of any exception or objection thereto,
the statement shall be deemed to have been approved, and in such case, the
Trustee shall not be liable for any matters in such statements. The Company
or
its agent shall have the right at its own expense and with prior written notice
to the Trustee to inspect the Trustee's books and records directly relating
to
the Trust Fund during normal business hours.
Section
10. Responsibility of Trustee.
(a)
The
Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the
circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in like capacity
and
familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur
no
liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request
or
approval given by the Company which is contemplated by, and in conformity with,
the terms of the Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company) or this
Trust
and is given in writing by the Company. In the event of a dispute between the
Company and a third party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent
jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.
(b)
The
Trustee is not a party to and has no duties or responsibilities under the Plan
other than those that may be expressly contained in this Trust Agreement. In
any
case in which a provision of this Trust Agreement conflicts with any provision
in the Plan, this Trust Agreement shall control.
(c)
The
Trustee shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of
any
property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant
to this Trust Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice,
request, direction, instruction, consent, certification or other instrument
believed by it to be genuine and delivered by the proper party or
parties.
(d)
The
Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, its parent,
subsidiaries and affiliates, and each of their respective officers, directors,
employees and agents from and against all liability, loss and expense, including
reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses incurred by the Trustee or any of the
foregoing indemnitees arising out of or in connection with this Trust Agreement,
except as a result of the Trustee's own negligence, willful misconduct, bad
faith or breach of this Agreement or of its fiduciary duties. The Trustee shall
be fully indemnified by the Company for any action taken in accordance with,
or
any failure to act in the absence of, the Company's or an investment manager's
directions. If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in
connection with this Trust, the Company agrees to indemnify the Trustee against
the Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities (including, without limitation,
attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for
such payments except where the Trustee is determined to be liable due to its
negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith, or breach of this Trust Agreement
or
of its fiduciary duties. If the Company does not pay such costs, expenses and
liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from
the Trust. This Section 10(d) shall survive the termination of this Trust
Agreement. The provisions of this subsection shall supplement and shall not
restrict the application of any other provisions of this Trust Agreement
providing for indemnification, hold-harmless or release of the Trustee, and
in
the event of a conflict in application of this subsection and any other such
provision, the provision most protective to the Trustee shall
control.
(e)
The
Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Company
generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder and as
a
part of its reimbursable expenses under this Agreement, pay counsel's reasonable
compensation and expenses. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on and may
act
upon advice of counsel on all matters, and shall be without liability for any
action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.
(f)
The
Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial
consultants or other professionals, including affiliates, to assist it in
performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.
(g)
The
Trustee shall have without exclusion, all powers conferred on Trustees by
applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however,
that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall
have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to
assign the policy (as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different
form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds
of any borrowing against such policy.
(h)
Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust
Agreement or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could
give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains
therefrom, within the meaning of Section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and
Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Code.
(i)
Notwithstanding anything in this Trust Agreement to the contrary contained
herein, the Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any losses to the
Trust resulting from any event beyond the reasonable control of the Trustee,
its
agents or custodians, including but not limited to nationalization, strikes,
expropriation, devaluation, seizure, or similar action by any governmental
authority, de facto or de jure; or enactment, promulgation, imposition or
enforcement by any such governmental authority of currency restrictions,
exchange controls, levies or other charges affecting the Trust's property;
or
the breakdown, failure or malfunction of any utilities or telecommunications
systems; or any order or regulation of any banking or securities industry
including changes in market rules and market conditions affecting the execution
or settlement of transactions; or acts of war, terrorism, insurrection or
revolution; or acts of God; or any other similar event; or any action or
omission taken by the Trustee consistent with the provisions of this Trust
Agreement.
(j)
The
Trustee shall not be liable for any act or omission of any other person, except
to the extent that such person is an agent of the Trustee (not appointed
pursuant to the direction of the Company or an investment manager) or under
the
control of the Trustee, in carrying out any responsibility imposed upon such
person and under no circumstances shall the Trustee be liable for any indirect,
consequential, or special damages with respect to its role as
Trustee.
(k)
The
Trustee shall not be obligated to monitor, or to advise or give any notices
to
the Participant with respect to, the Stock, the Company or the market value,
trading prices or other events affecting the Stock or the Company.
(l)
The
provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Trust
Agreement.
Section
11. Compensation and Expenses of Trustee.
The
Company shall pay all Trustee's fees and expenses necessary for the Trustee
to
fulfill its duties hereunder as mutually agreed between the parties. If not
so
paid within sixty (60) days after an invoice is sent to the Company, the fees
and expenses shall be paid from the Trust. The Company acknowledges that as
part
of the Trustee's compensation, the Trustee may earn interest on balances
including disbursement balances and balances arising from purchase and sale
transactions. If the Trustee advances cash or securities to the Trust for any
purpose, or in the event that the Trustee shall incur or be assessed taxes,
interest, charges, expenses, assessments, or other liabilities in connection
with the performance of this Trust Agreement, except such as may arise from
its
own negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time
held in the Trust Fund shall be, to the extent of the advance, security therefor
and the Trustee shall be entitled to collect from the Trust sufficient cash
for
reimbursement, and if such cash is insufficient, dispose of the assets of the
Trust Fund to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement. To the extent the
Trustee advances funds to the Trust for disbursements or to effect the
settlement of purchase transactions, the Trustee shall be entitled to collect
from the Trust either (i) with respect to domestic assets, an amount equal
to
what would have been earned on the sums advanced (an amount approximating the
"federal funds" interest rate) or (ii) with respect to non-domestic assets,
the
rate applicable to the appropriate foreign market.
Section
12. Change of Control
(a)
For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean any one or more
of
the following with respect to the Company:
(1)
a
change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response
to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") (or any successor provision) as it
may
be amended from time to time;
(2)
any
"persons" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
Act
in effect on the date first written above), other than Company, its primary
wholly owned subsidiary bank (“Bank’) or any "person" who on the date hereof is
a director of officer of Company or Bank, is or becomes the "beneficial owner"
(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly,
of
securities of Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power
of
Company's then outstanding securities; or
(3)
during any period of two (2) consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constitute the Board of Directors of Company or Bank cease for
any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, unless the election of
each director who was not a director at the beginning of such period has been
approved in advance by directors representing at least two-thirds of the
directors then in office who were directors at the beginning of the
period.
(b)
The
Company shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in writing upon the occurrence
of a Change of Control. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely
upon
such written certification of the Company and shall have no responsibility
or
liability for determining whether a Change of Control has occurred.
Section
13. Resignation and Removal of Trustee.
(a)
The
Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Company, which shall
be
effective sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice unless the Company and
the Trustee agree otherwise.
(b)
The
Trustee may be removed by the Company on sixty (60) days notice or upon shorter
notice accepted by the Trustee, except that after a Change of Control as defined
herein, the Trustee may not be removed by the Company for one year.
(c)
Upon
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee,
all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The
transfer shall be completed within ninety (90) days after receipt of the notice
of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Company extends the time
limit.
(d)
If
the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed in accordance
with Section 14 hereof by the effective date of resignation or removal under
paragraphs (a) or (b) of this Section. If no such appointment has been made,
the
Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a
successor or for instructions. The Trustee shall continue to fulfill its duties
hereunder and shall receive compensation pursuant to Section 11 until the
successor's appointment is effective. All expenses of the Trustee in connection
with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the
Trust.
(e)
If
the Trustee resigns within one year of a Change of Control, as defined herein,
the Trustee shall select a successor Trustee in accordance with the provisions
of Section 14(c) hereof prior to the effective date of the Trustee's
resignation.
Section
14. Appointment of Successor.
(a)
If
the Trustee resigns or is removed in accordance with Section 13 (a) or (b)
hereof, the Company shall appoint any third party, such as a bank trust
department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under
state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee upon such resignation or
removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the
new
Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee,
including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute
any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Company or the successor
Trustee to evidence the transfer.
(b)
The
successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee
and
shall not be responsible for and the Company shall indemnify and defend the
successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or
inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition
existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.
(c)
If
the Trustee resigns pursuant to the provisions of Section 13(e) hereof and
selects a successor Trustee, the Trustee may appoint any third party such as
a
bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee
powers under state law. The appointment of a successor Trustee shall be
effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee. The new Trustee shall
have all the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights
in Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary
or
reasonably requested by the successor Trustee to evidence the
transfer.
Section
15. Amendment or Termination.
(a)
Subject to Section 15(c), this Trust Agreement may be amended by a written
instrument which is executed by the Trustee and Company and which recites that
it is an amendment to this Trust Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
no
such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan (as certified to the
Trustee by the Company) or shall make the Trust revocable.
(b)
The
Trust shall not terminate until the date on which the Participant and his
beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the
Plan (as certified to the Trustee by the Company). Upon termination of the
Trust
any assets remaining in the Trust shall be returned to the Company.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Trust Agreement, this Trust
Agreement may not be amended within one year after the occurrence of a Change
of
Control, unless the Trustee determines, in its discretion, that such amendment
is necessary for the administration of the trust and does not conflict with
or
alter the provisions of the Plan.
Section
16. Miscellaneous.
(a)
Neither the Company nor the Trustee may assign this Trust Agreement without
the
prior written consent of the other, except that the Trustee may assign its
rights and delegate its duties hereunder to any corporation or entity which
directly or indirectly is controlled by, or is under common control with, the
Trustee. This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit
of, the Company and the Trustee and their respective successors and permitted
assigns. Any entity which shall by merger, consolidation, purchase, or
otherwise, succeed to substantially all the trust business of the Trustee shall,
upon such succession and without any appointment or other action by the Company,
be and become successor trustee hereunder, upon notification to the
Company
(b)
Any
provision of this Trust Agreement prohibited by law shall be ineffective to
the
extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions
hereof.
(c)
Benefits payable to the Participant and his beneficiaries under this Trust
Agreement may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity),
alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy,
execution or other legal or equitable process
(d)
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Trust
Agreement, any reference to the Plan or Plan provisions which require knowledge
or interpretation of the Plan shall impose a duty upon the Company to
communicate such knowledge or interpretation to the Trustee. The Trustee shall
have no obligation to know or interpret any portion of the Plan and shall in
no
way be liable for any proper action taken contrary to the Plan.
(e)
This
Trust Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
internal laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (without reference to rules
of
conflicts of law or choice of law) and applicable federal law. The parties
hereby expressly waive, to the full extent permitted by applicable law, any
right to trial by jury with respect to any judicial proceeding arising from
or
related to this Trust Agreement.
Section
17. Reliance of Representations.
(a)
The
Company and the Trustee each acknowledge that the other will be relying, and
shall be entitled to rely, on the representations, undertakings and
acknowledgments of the other as set forth in this Trust Agreement. The Company
and the Trustee each agree to notify the other promptly if any of its
representations, undertakings, or acknowledgments set forth in this Trust
Agreement ceases to be true.
(b)
The
Company and the Trustee hereby each represent and warrant to the other that
it
has full authority to enter into this Agreement upon the terms and conditions
hereof and that the individual executing this Trust Agreement on their behalf
has the requisite authority to bind the Company and the Trustee to
this.
IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Trust Agreement as of
the
date first set forth above.
DNB
FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:
____________________________
Name:
Bruce E. Moroney
Title:
EVP and CFO
|
DNB
FIRST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By:
____________________________
Name:
William J. Hieb
Title:
President and COO
|
-12-
Exhibit
10t
November
10, 2006
Mr.
Albert J. Melfi, Jr.
[Address]
Via
Email
Dear
Al:
This
letter confirms our offer to employ you as Executive Vice President, reporting
directly to William J. Hieb, President and COO. We anticipate a start date
no
later than December 4, 2006, or sooner if you are available.
A
summary
of the key terms and conditions of our offer appear below:
1.
A
twice-monthly salary of $8,125.00 paid through direct deposit to your employee
checking/savings account on the 15th and 30th of each month.
2.
At
your discretion, you will receive either i)$20,000.00 signing bonus which will
be paid in the first pay period after your start date or ii)1000 shares of
restricted stock with a 1-year vesting period to be awarded on or about December
31,2006.
3.
Upon
completion of a 90-day initial employment period, you will be eligible to
receive 20 vacation days, 5 sick days and 2 personal days based upon Bank
policy.
4.
You
will receive a car allowance of $900 per month, to be reconciled quarterly
to
actual expenses.
5.
You
will be eligible for participation in all compensation and employee benefit
plans, including life insurance at the allowable maximum, medical insurance
for
you and your eligible dependents, and all other benefits and perquisites
maintained by the Bank for officers, including stock options and incentive
compensation. You will be eligible for participation in the medical and life
insurance plans 3 months from your date of hire. You will receive a minimum
$15,000 guaranteed bonus for year 2007 payable in accordance with normal plan
distribution rules.
6.
So
long as you are employed by the Bank, the Bank agrees to cover the cost of
your
COBRA payments, less the amount that you would contribute for the same plan
here
at DNB, to your previous employer's insurance provider until you become eligible
to participate in the Bank's health insurance program. Please submit the bills
to Tracy Panati, Human Resource Manager for payment.
7.
You
will also be covered under a Change in Control Agreement, which provides for
18
months of severance pay which includes base, bonus and benefits should the
Bank
experience a change of control.
8.
The
Bank has a country club membership which you will be eligible to use for
reasonable business entertainment purposes.
9.
Ongoing professional training and development is available.
As
required by bank policy, employment is contingent upon a credit and OFAC report
acceptable to DNB First, N.A., in its sole discretion. Pursuant to the Fair
and
Accurate Credit Transactions (FACT) Act, we will forward you the information
regarding your credit score disclosure.
In
compliance with the Immigration and Control Act of 1986, all new employees
must
provide documentation proving employment authorization and identity within
three
(3) working days of your start date. The enclosed notice reviews the required
documentation that will be required for you to provide to the Bank. Failure
to
provide employment authorization may mean termination or cancellation of the
offer of employment.
Please
acknowledge your acceptance by signing one copy of this letter and returning
it
to my attention by November 17, 2006.
On
behalf
of the Bank, our Board of Directors, and our Executive Management team, I am
absolutely delighted that you are joining our team to help us meet our vision
for the future. If you have any questions, or require additional information,
please contact either myself at 484-359-3166 or Bill Hieb at
484-359-3012.
Sincerely,
/s/
William S. Latoff
William
S. Latoff
Chairman
and CEO
Enclosure
cc:
Tracy
Panati
Accepted
by:
/s/
Albert J. Melfi, Jr.
|
Date:
11/14/2006
|
Albert
J. Melfi, Jr.
|
|
Notice
to Newly Hired Employees
The
Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986
The
Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 makes it unlawful for employers
to
knowingly hire aliens not authorized to work in the United States. Employers
must verify that every individual hired is not an unauthorized
alien.
To
comply
with this law, you must take the following steps: Within three (3) working
days
of your start date, you will be required to complete INS Form 1-9. You must
provide the documents proving your employment authorization and identity.
Failure to provide employment authorization or identity may mean termination
or
cancellation of the offer of employment. The documents that INS will accept
to
establish identity and employment eligibility are listed below.
1.
Only
one document from the following list is needed for establishing both identity
and employment eligibility:
·
U.S.
Passport
·
Certificate of U.S. Citizenship
·
Certificate of Naturalization
·
Unexpired foreign passport with attached employment authorization
·
Alien
Registration Card with photograph
·
Unexpired Temporary Resident Card
·
Unexpired Employment Authorization Card
·
Unexpired Reentry Permit
·
Unexpired Refugee Travel document
·
Unexpired Employment Authorization document issued by the INS which contains
a
photograph
If
you do not have any of the above documents you will need to provide one document
from each of the following categories:
2.
Documents acceptable for establishing eligibility for employment:
·
Non-laminated Social Security Number Card (Providing it is not stamped "not
valid for employment purposes")
·
Original or certified copy of a birth certificate issued by a state, county,
or
municipal authority bearing an official seal
·
Unexpired INS employment authorization
·
Certification of Birth Abroad issued by the U.S. Department of State
·
U.S.
Citizen ID Card
·
Native
American tribal document
·
ID
Card
for use of Resident Citizen in the U.S.
PLUS
3.
Documents acceptable for establishing identity:
·
State-issued driver's license or ID Card containing a photograph
·
School
ID Card with photograph
·
Voter
registration card
·
U.S.
military card or draft record
·
ID
Card
issued by Federal, State, or local government agencies or entities containing
a
photograph
·
Military dependent ID Card
·
Native
American tribal documents
·
Driver's license issued by a Canadian Government authority
·
U.S.
Coast Guard Merchant Mariner Card
Persons
under age 16 who are unable to produce any of the documents found in group
3,
may present any of the following to establish identity:
·
School
record or report card
·
Clinic,
doctor or hospital record
·
Day-care or nursery school record
Exhibit
10u
[DNB
Letterhead]
December
20, 2006
Mr.
Gerald F. Sopp
[Address]
Dear
Gerald:
This
letter confirms our offer to employ you as Executive Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer of DNB Financial Corporation reporting directly to the
Chairman and CEO as well as the President and Chief Operating Officer. We
anticipate a start date of January 2, 2007.
A
summary
of the key terms and conditions of our offer appear below:
|
1.
|
A
twice-monthly salary of $6,250.00 paid through direct deposit to
your
employee checking/savings account on the 15th and 30th of each
month.
|
|
2.
|
Upon
completion of a 90-day initial employment period, you will be eligible
to
receive 20 vacation days, 5 sick days and 2 personal days based upon
Bank
policy.
|
|
3.
|
You
will be eligible for participation in all compensation and employee
benefit plans, including life insurance at the allowable maximum,
medical
insurance for you and your eligible dependents, and all other benefits
and
perquisites maintained by the Bank for officers, including stock
options
and incentive compensation. You will be eligible for participation
in the
medical and life insurance plans 3 months from your date of hire.
You will
receive a minimum $10,000 guaranteed bonus for year 2007 payable
in
accordance with normal plan distribution
rules.
|
|
4.
|
So
long as you are employed by the Bank, the Bank agrees to cover the
cost of
your COBRA payments, less the amount that you would contribute for
the
same plan here at DNB, to your previous employer's insurance provider
until you become eligible to participate in the Bank's health insurance
program. Please submit the bills to Tracy Panati, Human Resource
Manager
for payment.
|
Mr.
Gerald F. Sopp
December
20, 2006
Page
2
As
required by bank policy, employment is contingent upon a credit and OFAC report
acceptable to DNB First, N.A., in its sole discretion. Pursuant to the Fair
and
Accurate Credit Transactions (FACT) Act, we will forward you the information
regarding your credit score disclosure.
In
compliance with the Immigration and Control Act of J 986, all new employees
must
provide documentation proving employment authorization and identity within
three
(3) working days of your start date. The enclosed notice reviews the required
documentation that will be required for you to provide to the Bank. Failure
to
provide employment authorization may mean termination or cancellation of the
offer of employment.
Please
acknowledge your acceptance by signing one copy of this letter and returning
it
to my attention by December 27, 2006.
On
behalf
of the Bank, our Board of Directors and our Executive Management team, I am
absolutely delighted that you are joining our team to help us meet our vision
for the future. If you have any questions, or require additional information,
please contact either myself at 484-359-3166 or Bill Hieb at
484-359-3012.
Sincerely,
/s/
William S. Latoff
William
S. Latoff Chairman and CEO
Enclosure
cc:
Tracy
Panati
[Missing
Graphic Reference]
Accepted
by:
/s/
Gerald F. Sopp
|
Date:
12/26/06
|
Gerald F. Sopp
|
|
Exhibit
21
Subsidiary
List
Name
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
|
DNB
First, National Association
|
PA
|
|
|
DNB
Capital Trust I
|
DE
|
|
|
DNB
Capital Trust II
|
DE
|
|
|
DOWNCO,
Inc.
|
PA
|
|
|
DNB
Financial Services
|
PA
|
Consent
of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The
Board
of Directors
DNB
Financial Corporation:
We
consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos.
333-78913, 333-121145, 333-125999, 333-126610, and 333-138214 on Form S-8 and
333-131954 on Form S-3 of DNB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries of our
report dated March 20, 2007, with respect to the consolidated statements of
financial condition of DNB Financial Corporation and subsidiaries as of December
31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2006, which report appears
in
the December 31, 2006, annual report on Form 10-K of DNB Financial Corporation.
Our
report on the consolidated financial statements refers to the adoption by DNB
Financial Corporation of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R,
Share-Based
Payment
,
a
revision of FASB Statement No. 123
,
Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation
,
effective January 1, 2006.
/s/
KPMG
LLP
Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania
March
23,
2007
Exhibit
31.1
RULE
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION
I,
William S. Latoff, certify that:
1.
I have
reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DNB Financial
Corporation
(the
"Registrant");
2.
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made,
in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant
as
of,
and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The
Registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material
information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during
the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and
procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of
the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by
this
report based on such evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over
financial
reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter
(the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual
report)
that
has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
Registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The
Registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our
most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
Registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of
directors
(or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely
to
adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process,
summarize
and report financial information; and
b)
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees
who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal control over
financial
reporting.
/s/
William S. Latoff
-------------------------------------
William
S. Latoff
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
March
23,
2007
Exhibit
31.2
RULE
13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION
I,
Gerald
F. Sopp, certify that:
1.
I have
reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DNB Financial Corporation
(the
"Registrant");
2.
Based
on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a
material
fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made,
in
light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not
misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based
on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
information
included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant
as
of,
and
for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The
Registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
establishing
and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in
Exchange
Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Registrant and have:
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure
controls
and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material
information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated
subsidiaries,
is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during
the period in which this report is being prepared;
b)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant's disclosure controls and
procedures
and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness
of
the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered
by
this
report based on such evaluation; and
c)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant's internal control over
financial
reporting that occurred during the Registrant's most recent fiscal
quarter
(the Registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual
report)
that
has
materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
Registrant's
internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The
Registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our
most
recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
Registrant's
auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant's board of
directors
(or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a)
All
significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
operation
of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely
to
adversely affect the Registrant's ability to record, process,
summarize
and report financial information; and
b)
Any
fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
employees
who have a significant role in the Registrant's internal control over
financial
reporting.
/s/
Gerald F. Sopp
-------------------------
Gerald
F.
Sopp
Chief
Financial Officer
March
23,
2007
Exhibit
32.1
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18
U.S.C.
SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In
connection with the Annual Report of DNB Financial Corporation (the
"Registrant") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I,
William S. Latoff, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Registrant,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of
the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)
The
Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.
/s/
William S. Latoff
-------------------------
William
S. Latoff
Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
March
23,
2007
Exhibit
32.2
CERTIFICATION
PURSUANT TO
18
U.S.C.
SECTION 1350,
AS
ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION
906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In
connection with the Annual Report of DNB Financial Corporation (the
"Registrant") on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I,
Gerald F. Sopp, Chief Financial Officer of the Registrant, certify, pursuant
to
18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to ss. 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of
2002, that:
(1)
The
Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
The
information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects,
the financial condition and results of operations of the Registrant.
/s/
Gerald F. Sopp
-----------------------------
Gerald
F.
Sopp
Chief
Financial Officer
March
23,
2007